LIST of SPECIFICATIONS Page 1

TOWN OF GEORGINA JULIA MUNRO PARK LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS Page 1

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01005 General Requirements Section 01020 Allowances Section 01050 Lines and Levels Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements Section 01070 Abbreviations Section 01200 Site Administration Section 01300 Submittals Section 01400 Quality Control Section 01500 Temporary Facilities Section 01600 Products and Workmanship Section 01700 Project Closeout Section 01710 Cleaning Section 01740 Warranties

DIVISION 2 - SITE WORKS

Section 02070 Temporary Tree Protection Section 02075 Temporary Sediment Controls Section 02210 Earthworks Section 02216 Armourstone Section 02222 Backfilling of Utilities Section 02486 Seeding Section 02487 Sodding Section 02490 Planting Section 02511 Limestone Paving Section 02552 Asphalt Paving Section 02560 Plexipave Surfacing Section 02600 Storm Sewer Section 02630 Manhole and Catchbasin Section 02640 Sub Drain Section 02650 Culvert Section 02863 Play Structures Section 02870 Site Furniture Section 02900 Shade Structure Section 02922B Terraseeding Section 02970 Maintenance

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Section 03301 Coloured Concrete

DIVISION 5 - METALS

Section 05500 Metal Fabrication TOWN OF GEORGINA JULIA MUNRO PARK LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS Page 2

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

Section 09900 Painting

DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL

Section 015490 Plumbing Works and Spray Pad Components

DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL

Section 016000 Electrical General Requirements Section 016005 Basic Methods and Materials Section 016010 Lighting Systems and Schedules

WASHROOM BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS (to be read independently)

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

Section #03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories Section #03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing Section #03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete Section #03 35 00 - Concrete Finishing

DIVISION 4 - MASONRY

Section #04 23 00 - Glass Block

DIVISION 5 - METALS

Section #05 41 00 – Structural Metal Stud Framing Section #05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications

DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

Section #06 16 00 - Durock-cement-board-arc-specs-061600-en

DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION

Section #07 19 00 - Air and Vapour Barriers Section #07 30 00 - Metal Flashing & Trim Section #07 90 00 – Sealant

TOWN OF GEORGINA JULIA MUNRO PARK LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS Page 3

DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS

Section #08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Section #08 71 00 - Door Hardware

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

Section #09 65 22 - Seamless Flooring Section #09 91 23 - Interior Painting

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

Section #10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories

LIST OF DRAWINGS

Cover Page EX1 - Existing Conditions and Sediment Control Plan L1 - Landscape Plan L2 - Layout Plan L3 - Layout Plan L4 - Grading and Servicing Plan L5 - Grading and Servicing Plan L6 - Planting Plan L7 - Matrix Planting and Seeding Plan L8 - Playground Area Enlargement Plan

F1 - Fitness Equipment Layout P1 - Junior and Senior Play Layout P2 - Splash Pad Layout

E1 - Electrical Plan E2 - Electrical Details and Notes

A1 - Public Washroom Floor Plan Sections A2 - Public Washroom Elevations S1 - Public Washroom Foundation Plan S2 - Public Washroom General Notes M1 - Public Washroom Mechanical HVAC and Plumbing Layout

D1-D10- Details

TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01005 JULIA MUNRO PARK

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 1

1. General 1. Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work. 2. Division 1 requirements apply to all sections of work. 3. In case of conflict between General Conditions and Division 1 requirements, General Conditions shall govern.

2. Summary of Work 1. Provide all items, articles, materials, services and incidentals, whether or not expressly specified or shown on drawings, to make finished work complete and fully operational, consistent with the intent of the contract documents.

3. Examination 1. Examine the site and surrounding areas and be fully informed as to the conditions and limitations under which the work has to be executed. Claims for additional costs will not be entertained with respect to conditions which could reasonably have been ascertained by an inspection of the site prior to tender closing. 2. Prior to commencement of work, make careful examination of previously executed work, existing conditions, levels, dimensions and clearances. Promptly advise consultant of unsatisfactory preparatory work and substrate conditions; commencement of work implies acceptance of conditions.

4. Division of Work 1. Work specified in the specification has been divided into technical sections for the purpose of ready reference. Division of work among subcontractors and suppliers is solely the contractor's responsibility and consultant assumes no responsibility to act as an arbiter to establish subcontract limits between sections or divisions of work.

5. Metric Project 1. This project is based on the International System of Units (SI). Measurements are expressed in metric (SI) units and depending on the progress made in the various sectors of the industry are either hard or soft converted units. 2. All metric units specified shall be taken to the minimum acceptable unless otherwise noted. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01005 JULIA MUNRO PARK

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 2

3. It is the contractor's responsibility to check and verify with manufacturers and suppliers on the availability of materials and products in either metric or imperial sizes. 4. Where a material or product cannot be obtained in the metric size specified, provide the next larger imperial size available. 5. Where the metric and imperial size or dimensions are both shown on details and plans, the metric size or dimension shall govern.

6. Protection 1. Ensure that no damage is caused to existing structures, buildings, foundations, pavement, fences, curbs, grounds, plants, property, utilities, services or finishes during the progress of work. Repair and make good any damage caused at no extra cost to owner to the complete satisfaction of the respective property owners and authorities having jurisdiction. Do not proceed with repairs or remedial work without written permission of the consultant. Only trades specifically capable of performing the work will be allowed to make remedial or repair work. 2. Keep all roads clean of mud and debris resulting from construction traffic. Make good any damages caused to roads by the activity of the contract. 3. Prevent soiling of pavement due to spillage, mixing of material or any other cause. Make good any damages caused. 4. Protect new work from damage with suitable protective coverings.

7. Safety and Security 1. Be responsible for security of all areas affected by work of this contract until taken over by owner. Take steps to prevent entry to the work by unauthorized persons and guard against theft, fire and damage by any cause.

2. A regular full-time watchman is generally not required on site, but if in the opinion of the consultant, the work is not adequately protected by the contractor, the owner may demand that a watchman be employed by the contractor at no extra cost to the contract.

3. Maintain fire protection for work. Store paints and volatile substances in a separate and controlled location and inspect frequently. Inspect temporary wiring, drop cords, extension cables for defective insulation or connections frequently. Remove combustible wastes frequently. Prohibit smoking in areas where volatile and flammable substances are used. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01005 JULIA MUNRO PARK

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 3

8. Use of Site and Premises 1. Accept full responsibility for the site from the time of contract award until Final Acceptance of the work.

2. Check means of access and egress, rights and interests which may be interfered with. Do not block lanes, roadways, entrances or exits. 3. Where encroachment beyond property limits is necessary make arrangement with respective property owners.

9. Services and Utilities 1. Consult with utility companies and other authorities having jurisdiction to ascertain the locations of existing services on or adjacent to site.

2. Information as to the location of existing services, if shown on the drawings, does not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to determine the exact number and location of existing services.

3. Give proper notices for new services as may be required. Make arrangements with authorities and utilities for service connections required.

4. Pay any charges levied by utilities or authorities for work carried out by them in connection with this contract, unless specified otherwise.

5. Operate and maintain all utility systems affected by work of this contract, until the project or specific portions thereof have been accepted by the owner.

6. Report existing unknown services encountered during excavation to consultant for instructions; cutback and cap or plug unused services. Be responsible for the protection of all active services encountered and for repair of such services if damaged.

10. Site Access 1. Site access to any component of the project is the contractor's full responsibility to review during the tender stage, and to include the necessary costs accordingly. These costs are to be included in the miscellaneous section - Mobilization/Demobilization. Upon completion, restore all access routes to original condition.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01020 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ALLOWANCES Page 1

1. Related Instructions 1. Comply with requirements for Cash Allowances and Quotations for work as may be described by the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions.

2. Authorization 1. Expenditures from allowances included in the contract price must be authorized in writing by the consultant.

3. Allowances 1. Include the following allowances in the Contract.

Playground Equipment $138,500.00

Waterplay Equipment $ 85,000.00

Fitness Equipment $25,000.00

Precast Washroom Building $135,000.00

Testing Allowance $7,000.00

Electrical Allowance $2,000.00

4. Quotations 1. Should the contractor have to obtain quotations for any work in the Allowances Section, the time expended for obtaining such quotes is the contractor's cost.

If the owner accepts the quotation, then the cost for time spent bidding is billable as overhead expense. It may be billed only when that particular product or service is delivered or installed at the project.

5. Limitations 1. All work listed in Allowances may or may not be incorporated in the work. The owner has full right to delete any or all parts without claim.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01050 JULIA MUNRO PARK

LINES AND LEVELS Page 1

1. Lines and Levels

1. The Contractor shall provide a written confirmation of the acceptance of the survey base information as provided in the Contract Documents. Verify all elevations, lines, levels and dimensions as indicated and report any errors, conflicts, or inconsistencies to the consultant before commencing work or as soon as discovered.

2. Accurately lay out work and establish lines and levels in accordance with requirements of contract documents.

3. Set up, maintain and protect permanent reference points and provide general dimensions and elevations for all sections of work.

2. Dimensions

1. Check and verify dimensions wherever referring to work. Dimensions, when pertaining to work of another section, shall be verified with section concerned. Details and measurements of work which is to fit or conform to work installed shall be taken at site.

2. Do not scale drawings. If there is ambiguity, lack of information or inconsistency, immediately consult consultant for directions. Be responsible for extra costs involved through the disregarding of this notice.

3. While the contractor is responsible for own survey control, the owner reserves the right to check completed work. Any discrepancy shall be addressed immediately. Fully correct any work not built per plans.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01060 JULIA MUNRO PARK

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 1

1. Permits, Licenses, Fees

1. Where permits, licenses and inspection fees are required by authorities having jurisdiction for specific trade functions, they shall be obtained and paid for by the particular sub-trade responsible for that work. Municipal Building Permits for the Washroom Building and the Shade Structure shall be arranged-for by the Town of Georgina and finalized by the contractor in a timely fashion for the administration of the works.

2. Building Code By-laws, Regulations

1. Carry out work in accordance with requirements of the Ontario Building Code, latest issue, including all amendments and revisions.

2. Comply with requirements, regulations and ordinances of other authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Where it is necessary to carry out work outside property lines, such as sidewalks, paving or concrete curbs, comply with applicable requirements of municipal authorities having jurisdiction.

4. Promptly submit written notice to consultant of observed variance of Contract Documents from requirements of Building Code and authorities having jurisdiction. Assume responsibility for work known to be contrary to such requirements and performed without notifying consultant.

3. Safety Requirements

1. Be governed by pertinent safety requirements of Federal or Provincial Governments and of municipal bodies having authority, particularly the Ontario Construction Safety Act, Book 7 Traffic Management requirements, and the regulations of Ontario Ministry of Labour, and work in conjunction with proper safety associations operating under the authority of Ontario Workplace Safety and Insurance Act.

2. Do not, in the performance of the work, in any manner endanger the safety or unlawfully interfere with the convenience of the public.

4. Fire Protection Requirements

1. Refer to technical Sections of Specifications and Drawings for fire protection requirements.

2. Test methods used to determine fire hazard classification and fire endurance rating shall be as required by Ontario Building Code. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01060 JULIA MUNRO PARK

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 2

3. Upon request, furnish to consultant with evidence of compliance with project fire protection requirements.

5. Safety Regulations

1. The contractor shall ensure that all staff, including contract staff, are trained under the provision of the W.H.M.I.S. (Workplace Hazardous Material Information System) regulations.

2. The contractor shall ensure that Material Safety Data Sheets are available for all chemicals used on site.

3. The contractor shall conform to and enforce strict compliance with the Construction Safety Act and regulations made under the Act.

4. The contractor shall be aware of and conform to Town of Georgina Health and Safety Policies made available through the Purchasing Department.

5. For purposes of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the contractor will be designated as the constructor for this project and will assume all of the responsibility of the constructor set out in that Act and its regulations.

6. The contractor shall ensure that all necessary measures are taken to protect Town of Georgina employees, general public and workers from injury.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01070 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ABBREVIATIONS Page 1

1. When the following abbreviations are used in the contract documents, they shall have the meanings shown.

ABBREVIATION MEANING AA The Aluminum Association ACI American Concrete Institute ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society CCA Canadian Construction Association CCRC Canadian Code for Residential Construction CEC Canadian Electrical Code CFUA Canadian Fire Underwriters Association CGA Canadian Gas Association CGSB Canadian General Standards Board CIQS Canadian Institute of Quantity Surveyors CISC Canadian Institute of Steel Construction CITC Canadian Institute of Timber Construction CLA Canadian Lumbermen's Association CMHA Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation COFI Council of Forest Industries of British Columbia CPCI Canadian Pre-stressed Concrete Institute CSA Canadian Standards Association CSC Construction Specification Canada CSI Construction Specifications Institute (USA) CSPI Corrugated Steel Pipe Institute CUA Canadian Underwriters' Association CWB Canadian Welding Bureau CWC Canadian Wood Council IES Illuminating Engineering Society LTIC Laminated Timber Institute of Canada NBC National Building Code of Canada NBS National Bureau of Standards USDC NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NRCC National Research Council of Canada PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Pre-stressed Concrete Institute RAIC Royal Architectural Institute of Canada ULC Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01200 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SITE ADMINISTRATION Page 1

1. Pre-Construction Meeting 1. Immediately prior to construction, upon notification, attend at location of owner's choice, pre-construction meeting along with authoritative representatives of certain key subcontractors as specifically indicated in the meeting notice.

2. Purpose of meeting is as follows: a) Review project communications procedures. b) Review contract administration requirements including submittals, payment and change order procedures. c) To review the contractor’s proposed schedule and timeline and identify all critical points on construction schedule for positive action. d) Identify any product availability problems and substitution requests. e) Establish site arrangements and temporary facilities. f) Review any points which, in owner's, consultant's and contractor's opinion, require clarification.

2. Site Meetings 1. Prior to the commencement of the work the contractor, the consultant and the owner, shall mutually agree to a sequence for holding regular "on site meetings".

2. Organize all necessary site meetings. Ensure that persons, whose presence is required, are present and that relative information is available to allow meetings to be conducted efficiently.

3. The consultant will record minutes of each meeting and promptly distribute copies to all participants not later than five days after the meeting has been held.

3. Supervision 1. Employ an experienced and qualified superintendent who shall devote his time exclusively to the work of this contract and who shall be in complete charge of the work from commencement to completion. A working foreman will not be acceptable. The superintendent shall not be changed after commencement of work without the consultant's approval.

2. Supervise, direct, manage and control the work of all forces carrying out the work, including subcontractors and suppliers. Carry out daily inspections to ensure compliance with the contract documents and the TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01200 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SITE ADMINISTRATION Page 2

maintenance of quality standards. Ensure that the inspection staff includes personnel competent in supervising the mechanical and electrical trades if applicable.

4. Progress Record 1. Maintain, on site, a permanent written record of progress of work. Record shall be open to inspection by consultant at all times and a copy shall be furnished to consultant upon request.

2. This record shall show weather conditions, dates of commencement, progress and completion of various trades and items of work. Particulars pertaining to erection and removal of forms, pouring of concrete, and other critical or major components as well as number of employees of various trades and type and quantity of equipment employed daily shall be noted.

3. Display a copy of the construction schedule on site from start of construction to completion. Superimpose actual progress of work on schedule at least once each week.

5. Record Drawings 1. Obtain and keep on site at all times a complete and separate set of black line white prints. 2. Note clearly, neatly, accurately and promptly as the work progresses all architectural, structural mechanical and electrical changes, revisions and additions to the work and deviations from the contract documents. 3. Accurate location, depth, position, size and type of concealed and underground services, both inside and outside shall be included as part of these record drawings. 4. Record drawings shall be available for review at each site meeting. 5. Refer to Section 01700 for requirements on submission of record drawings.

6. Documents on Site 1. The contractor shall at all times have in his possession a complete set of contract documents (drawings and specifications) with all addenda, site instructions, change orders, reviewed shop drawings and samples, colour schedule, paint materials schedules, hardware list, progress reports and meeting minutes.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01300 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SUBMITTALS Page 1

1. General 1. Unless specified otherwise, make all submissions to the consultant at his office.

2. Make all submissions required by the contract documents with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the work.

2. Related Work 1. Submission of maintenance and record documents: Section 01700 - Project Closeout.

2. Submission of maintenance materials: Section 01700 - Project Closeout.

3. Construction Schedule 1. Within 7 days after award of contract, in a format approved by the consultant, submit a complete construction schedule for work of entire contract.

2. Show in the construction schedule start and completion dates of each item of work, including erection and dismantling of temporary services.

4. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings required by contract documents, in accord with requirements of GC 34.

2. Prepare shop drawings in metric measurements only. Shop drawings containing imperial measurements will be rejected.

3. Unless otherwise directed by the consultant, submit the following number of prints for each shop drawing required:

a) Landscape Architectural shop drawings: 2 prints

b) Structural, mechanical, electrical shop drawings: 3 prints

4. Shop drawings which require the approval of a legally constituted authority having jurisdiction shall be submitted by contractor to such authority for approval. Such shop drawings shall receive final approval of authority having jurisdiction before consultant's final review.

5. No work requiring a shop drawing submission shall be commenced until the submission has received consultant's final review. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01300 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SUBMITTALS Page 2

6. The consultant's review is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with the general design concept. This review shall not mean that the consultant approves the detail design which is inherent in the shop drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with the contractor submitting same, and this review shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility for meeting the requirements of the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for coordination of the work of all sub-trades.

5. Samples 1. Submit samples required by contract documents and as directed by the consultant.

2. Unless indicated otherwise, submit samples in duplicate.

3. Submit samples with identifying labels bearing material or component description, manufacturer's name and brand name, contractor's name, project name, location in which material or component is to be used, and date.

4. Prepay any shipping charges involved for delivering samples to destination point and returning to point of origin if required.

5. No work requiring a sample submission shall be commenced until the submission has received consultant's final review.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01400 JULIA MUNRO PARK

QUALITY CONTROL Page 1

1. General 1. Requirements specified in this section apply to independent inspection and testing specified under technical specification sections.

2. Requirements specified in this section do not apply to the following:

a) Inspection and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of public authorities. b) Inspection and testing performed exclusively for contractor's convenience.

3. Failure by independent testing agency to detect defective work or materials shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered, nor shall it obligate consultant for final acceptance.

2. Related Instructions 1. Cash Allowance for independent inspection and testing: Section 01020

2. Specific inspection and testing requirements: Divisions 2 to 16 inclusive.

3. Duties & Authority of Testing Agency 1. Testing agency is expected to do the following: a) Act on a professional and unprejudiced basis and carry out inspection and testing functions to establish compliance with requirements of contract documents.

b) Check work as it progresses and prepare reports stating results of tests and conditions of work and state in each report whether specimens tested conform to requirements of contract documents, specifically noting deviations.

c) Distribute reports as follows: Consultant - three (3) copies Contractor - two (2) copies

2. Testing agency is not authorized to amend or release any requirements of contract documents, nor approve or accept any portion of work.

3. Contractor shall do the following: a) Notify testing agency minimum 48 hours in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests without causing delay in work.

b) Provide testing agency with access to work at all times.

c) Supply material samples for testing. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01400 JULIA MUNRO PARK

QUALITY CONTROL Page 2

d) Supply casual labour and other incidental services required by testing agency.

e) Provide facilities for site storage of samples.

4. When initial inspection and testing indicates non-compliance with contract documents, any subsequent re-inspection and re-testing occasioned by non-compliance shall be performed by same testing agency and cost thereof borne by contractor.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01500 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 1

1. General 1. Provide all temporary facilities and controls required for the proper execution of the work.

2. Provide and maintain temporary systems in accordance with applicable regulations and requirements. Arrange for, obtain and pay for any permits required.

3. Location of temporary facilities shall be subject to consultant's approval.

2. Temporary Electricity, Lighting and Water 1. Provide temporary electrical lighting and power system and water for use by all sections.

2. Arrange, obtain and pay for service including meter, if required, of sufficient size to allow use of required tools and equipment and to ensure adequate lighting levels for the proper execution of work.

3. Install and maintain temporary electrical systems in accordance with Construction Safety Association's "Temporary Wiring Standards on Construction Sites", the Ontario Electrical Code and other authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Temporary Heating 1. Furnish equipment, labour and fuel to provide temporary heat as required for proper execution of work.

4. Temporary Telephone 1. Provide telephone service for duration of contract until completion. A mobile phone is acceptable.

2. Make telephone available to all sections. Long distance calls shall be paid by party making call.

5. Temporary Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide toilet facilities for all personnel on site.

2. Keep facilities clean and sanitary and provided with required supplies at all times.

3. Except where temporary sanitary facilities are connected to municipal sewer system, periodically remove wastes from site. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01500 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 2

6. Temporary First-Aid Facilities 1. Provide site equipment and medical facilities necessary to supply first-aid service to injured personnel in accordance with regulations of the Worker's Compensation Act. Maintain facilities for duration of contract.

7. Temporary Fire Protection 1. Provide and maintain in proper working order, fire extinguishers, prominently placed, until completion of work.

2. Fire extinguishers shall be minimum 3 kg. 4A60BC type.

3. Remove fire extinguishers from site upon completion of work or when directed by consultant.

4. Where gas welding or cutting is to be done within 3m of, or above combustible material, or above space that may be occupied by persons, interpose shields of non-combustible material. Tanks supplying gases for welding or cutting shall be placed at no greater distance from the work than is necessary and shall be securely fastened in an upright position. Such tanks shall be free from exposure to the sun or high temperature.

8. Construction Aids 1. Provide temporary stairs, ladders, and ramps required for movement and placing of materials, equipment and personnel.

2. Provide mechanical hoisting equipment and fully qualified operators as required during construction.

3. Erect required scaffolding independent of walls, arranged to avoid interference with work of other sections as much as possible.

4. Provide and maintain required shoring and bracing in accordance with Construction Safety Act and other applicable regulations.

5. Shoring and all false work over one tier in height shall be designed and shall bear the stamp of a registered professional engineer having experience in this field.

6. The use of explosive power tools must be approved in writing by the consultant. The use of explosive power tools will not be permitted under any circumstances unless equipped with a device, which positively prevents free flight of the stud. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01500 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 3

9. Barriers 1. The project site is to be fully protected at all times during the course of the works and up-to and until the works are accepted by the municipality. Appropriate hoarding is to be erected around excavations and secured for overnight periods. Entrances to the site from surrounding properties are to be competently secured to prevent unauthorised access to the project site and its work areas.

2. Protect public and workers from injury. Play Areas are to be protected and secured with construction fencing until Substantial Completion or as directed by the Landscape Architect.

3. Provide and maintain required barricades, warning signs, guardrails and light-guards in accordance with applicable regulations.

10. Temporary Controls 1. Provide protective coverings to protect work against damage caused by weather including but not necessarily limited to rain, snow, ice, wind, frost and excessive heat.

2. Provide wind breaks and sun shade to allow proper setting and curing of cement-based materials.

3. Protect excavations and building materials from freezing.

4. Provide and maintain adequate temporary pumping and drainage systems to keep excavations and structures free of water. Prevent flow of surface water into excavations. Locate sumps away from foundation elements. Prevent pumped water from carrying soil in suspension in sufficient quantity to cause settlement of adjacent earth. Provide sufficient standby equipment to ensure continuity of pumping system.

5. Prevent sprayed materials from contaminating air beyond application area by providing temporary enclosures.

6. Cover or wet down dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust and debris.

11. Signs 1. Except as specified here do not erect any signs unless approved by the consultant.

2. Erect signs relating to safety on the work or mandatory regulation notices. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01500 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 4

12. Field Office and Sheds

1. Provide temporary covers, sheds and platforms of weatherproof construction as may be required for protection and preservation of materials, small tools, equipment which may be susceptible to damage.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 1

1. Product Quality 1. Products supplied for work shall be new, and as far as possible, and unless otherwise specified, of Canadian manufacture.

2. Materials used for temporary facilities are not required to be new, provided they are structurally sound, and in suitable and safe operational condition.

2. Standards and Terminology 1. Where a standard has been adopted by these specifications, incorporate minimum requirements of such standard into the work. Where requirements of specifications are more stringent than those of the standard, follow more stringent requirements.

2. Reference to standards, specifications, handbooks and manufacturer's catalogues, refer to latest edition thereof and all amendments or revisions applicable at tender closing date, unless date suffix is included with document number.

3. Wherever words "acceptable", "approved", "satisfactory", "selected", "directed", "designated", "permitted", "inspected", "instructed", "required", "submit", or similar words or phrases are used in standards or elsewhere in contract documents, it shall be understood that "by (to) the consultant" follow, unless context provides otherwise.

4. Where the word "provide" is used in these contract documents, it shall be taken to mean "supply and install" unless specifically noted otherwise.

3. Availability and Substitution 1. Products, which are specified by their proprietary names or by part of catalogue number, form the basis for contract. No substitutes for these may be used without approval in writing under the conditions for an alternative or approved equal as set-out in Section 4, herein. Where more than one product is listed in a specification, the contractor is free to use any of the listed products.

2. Where it is found that specified materials have become unavailable for incorporating into work, notify consultant immediately of proposed substitution as outlined in Section 4 herein.

3. Proposed substitution shall be any top quality product considered by the consultant to be suitable for purpose intended.

4. Products proposed as substitutions, and which are considered by consultant to be suitable for purpose intended, but which are in his TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 2

opinion of lesser value and quality than those specified shall only be accepted as substitution if reasonable credits are allowed for their use.

5. Prevent any substitution or request for substitution from delaying construction progress in any way.

6. Requests for substitution resulting from failure to place orders in time will not be entertained. Be responsible for ordering products in time to ensure their required delivery; bear all costs for failure to comply with these requirements.

7. Upon consultant's request submit copies of material and equipment purchase orders.

4. Product Substitution Procedures

1. Substitution Procedures: Products may be substituted for one or more of the following reasons: .1 Insolvency of the product manufacturer. .2 Inability of the manufacturer to provide the product(s) in the timeframe required to maintain the construction schedule. .3 Product specified has been discontinued. .4 Substitution proposed offers better performance than that specified, at no additional cost. .5 Substitution offers equivalent performance to that specified, at a reduced cost to the Owner (reduction in Contract Price). 2. Items 1.2 and 1.3 will require a letter from the manufacturer, confirming their inability to provide the products specified, or inability to meet the schedule. 3. Items 1.4 and 1.5 will be at the discretion of the Owner. 4. Alternative to provide a complete description of the alternative proposed including product name, name of manufacturer, technical data, warranty information, and relevant standards, and samples of both the specified and proposed substitute items at no cost to the Town. Any bidder wished to be considered equal must demonstrate they meet the definition through point- by-point technical comparison listing attributes of the specified product alongside the attributes of the proposed replacement. Where applicable, the alternative request must be accompanied with a local installation location that can be reviewed and written reference from the owner or the owner’s representative for that location. 5. During the tender period substitution requests must be submitted one (1) week prior to the tender close date to [email protected]. After tender award substitution requests must be submitted to the Town’s project manager. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 3

6. Whenever a substitute is proposed, any change to contract price as a result of acceptance of proposed product shall include any adjustments to adjacent structure or space in order to accept minor differences in size or weight between proposed items and corresponding specified items. 7. Prevent any substitution or request for substitution from delaying construction progress in any way. 8. Requests for substitution resulting from failure to place orders in time will not be entertained. Be responsible for ordering products in time to ensure their required delivery; bear all costs for failure to comply with these requirements. 9. Upon consultant's request submit copies of material and equipment purchase orders.

4. Product Delivery, Handling & Storage 1. Suitably pack, crate and protect products during transportation to site to preserve their quality and fitness for purpose intended.

2. Store products in original, undamaged condition with manufacturer's labels and seals intact until they are being incorporated into completed work.

3. Handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's and supplier's recommendations so as to ensure preservation of their quality, appearance and fitness for work.

4. Arrange materials so as to facilitate prompt inspection, and remove faulty, damaged or rejected materials immediately from site.

5. Product Delivery Schedule 1. It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that the supplier or distributor of materials specified or alternatives accepted, which he intends to use, has materials on the site when required. The contractor shall obtain confirmed delivery dates from the supplier.

2. The contractor shall contact the consultant immediately upon receipt of information indicating that any material or item will not be available on time, in accordance with the original schedule, and similarly it shall be the responsibility of all subcontractors and suppliers to so inform the contractor.

3. The consultant reserves the right to receive from the contractor at any time, upon request, copies of actual purchase or work orders of any material or products to be supplied for the work. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 4

6. Workmanship 1. All work shall be carried out in accordance with the best trade practice, by workers skilled in the type of work concerned.

2. Products, materials, systems and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the applicable manufacturer's printed directions.

3. Where specified requirements are in conflict with the manufacturer's written directions, follow manufacturer's directions. Where specified requirements are more stringent than manufacturer's directions, comply with specified requirements.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01700 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PROJECT CLOSEOUT Page 1

1. Operating and Maintenance Manuals 1. Provide operating and maintenance data, prepared in digital form and on 8 1/2" x 11" sheets in printed or typewritten form, preferably double- sided, contained in D-ring binders with vinyl covers.

2. Manual contents shall be assembled in systematic order generally following the specification format. Provide labelled, celluloid covered tabs fastened to hard paper dividers to identify different sections.

3. Binders shall have clear plastic pocket at back of spine for identification. Insert label containing title "Operating and Maintenance Data", project name and volume number if applicable.

4. Include the following material in each manual: a) Title sheet labelled "Operating and Maintenance Data" and listing project name, date, volume number, if applicable and names and addresses of contractor, mechanical subcontractors, consultant and sub-consultants. b) List of contents. If more than one volume is required, provide a cross-reference contents page at front of each volume. c) Complete list of subcontractors and suppliers. d) Copy of finished hardware list, complete with all amendments and revisions. e) Schedule of paints and coatings. Include sufficient explanation to fully identify each surface with the applicable paint or coating used. Enclose copy of colour schedule. f) Maintenance instructions for all finished surfaces. g) Brochures, cuts of all equipment and fixtures. h) Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment. i) Extended warranties. j) Maintenance contracts. k) Other data required elsewhere in contract documents or deemed necessary by consultant. l) Complete document in digital format and provided on a USB memory device. 2. Record Drawings 1. Upon completion of work, prior to total performance, obtain and pay for one set of mylar transparencies and transfer record information compiled during construction from white prints to mylars. Co-ordinate with TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01700 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PROJECT CLOSEOUT Page 2

consultant and have ‘As-Built’ drawings prepared in minimum Autocad 2015 format. Submit a digital copy of ‘As-Built” drawings to the Town.

3. Operating Instructions 1. At substantial performance, at a time acceptable to owner and consultant, but not before operating and maintenance manuals have been reviewed and accepted by consultant, instruct owner's representative in the operation of all systems and equipment. Such training shall include all aspects of the Washroom Building, its mechanical, electrical equipment and fixtures. Training and instruction shall also include specific Georgina staff training/instruction for spray pad functions, including summer start up and fall shut down of the Waterplay features and systems.

4. Substantial Performance 1. Prior to requesting a substantial performance deficiency inspection, submit the following:

a) Three copies of operating and maintenance manuals.

b) Two copies of inspection and acceptance certificates required from regulatory agencies.

2. Advise the consultant, in writing, when the project has been substantially completed. If consultant agrees that this stage has been reached, prepare a complete list of deficiencies and submit one copy of this list to consultant.

3. On receipt of the above deficiency list, in a satisfactory form, the consultant, accompanied by the sub-consultants, the contractor and his project superintendent, and the owner if deemed desirable, will carry out an inspection of the project.

4. Add to the deficiency list, in accordance with consultant's directions, any additional deficiencies which are identified during inspection and re- issue updated deficiency list to all concerned.

5. Total Performance 1. Prior to requesting a final inspection, do the following:

a) Submit one complete set of mylar record drawings.

b) Submit one complete set of reviewed shop drawings of mechanical and electrical items, folded to 8½" by 11" size, contained in heavy manila envelopes, numbered and labelled. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01700 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PROJECT CLOSEOUT Page 3

Follow specification format with no more than one section per envelope.

c) Submit a final request for payment incorporating all approved changes to the contract price, including adjustments to the cash allowances listed in Section 01020 - Allowances.

d) Upon completion of all items noted on the deficiency list, clean all areas, surfaces and components affected by corrections and completion of deficient items, as directed by the consultant.

e) Ensure that all services, equipment, apparatus are properly tested and adjusted.

2. After all deficiencies have been corrected, submit a written request to the consultant for a final inspection. This inspection shall be carried out by the same parties involved in the substantial performance deficiency inspection.

3. If all deficiencies have not been corrected, in the opinion of the consultant, a final deficiency list will be prepared in the same manner as specified herein for the substantial performance deficiency inspection and the inspection procedure repeated until all items have been completed to the satisfaction of the consultant.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01710 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CLEANING Page 1

1. General 1. Be responsible for cleanliness of site and structures to satisfaction of consultant. Maintain work in neat and orderly condition at all times.

2. Periodically, or when directed by the consultant, remove from site and legally dispose of rubbish and waste materials.

3. Burning or burying of rubbish and waste materials on site is not permitted.

5. Use cleaning material only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

6. While on the premises, all hazardous waste shall be properly identified and stored so as not to pose a safety hazard to employees, workers or the general public.

7. Utilize recycling programs and efforts for material disposal whenever and wherever possible. Guidance into various recycling efforts can be obtained by contacting the Town of Georgina and York Region.

2. Cleaning During Construction 1. Remove debris, packaging and waste materials frequently.

2. Keep dust and dirt to an acceptable level as directed.

3. Remove oily rags, waste and other hazardous substances from premises at close of each day, or more often if required.

3. Final Cleaning 1. Prior to substantial performance, thoroughly clean all surfaces and components. Provide professional cleaning of all areas and surfaces to allow owner to occupy without further cleaning.

2. Remove stains, dirt and smudges from finished surfaces.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 01740 JULIA MUNRO PARK

WARRANTIES Page 1

1. Definition 1. Warranty = Guarantee

2. Submission Requirements 1. Submit extended warranties as part of "Operation and Maintenance Manuals" in accordance with requirements of Section 01700 - Project Closeout.

2. Arrange extended warranties in systematic order matching specification format. Include a table of contents listing warranties in same order.

3. Each warranty must show: a) Name and address of project b) Name of owner c) Section Number and Title

4. Warranties 1. All work shall be guaranteed for 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. Plant materials shall be guaranteed for 2 years from date of Substantial Completion pursuant to the following requirements.

a) All dead woody plant materials will be replaced promptly by the contractor for the entire duration of the warranty period. All warranty replacements will be made at the expense of the contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner.

b) Plants dying as a result of, but not limited to, handling by nurseries or the contractor, improper storage, improper planting, lack of water or rodent damage will be subject to replacement. Plants dying as a result of vandalism whether intentional or accidental are not subject to warranty replacement by the contractor.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02070 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to provide the necessary tree protection controls to be installed and maintained for the duration of the contract.

.2 Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Installation of post and wire fencing at the drip line of existing vegetation as detailed and in the locations illustrated on the plans. .2 Removal and legal disposal of any excess waste materials from the site. .3 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .4 Pruning and other arboricultural works to ensure the successful preservation of the vegetation to be retained. .5 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work 1. Temporary Sediment Controls Section 02075 2. Earthworks Section 02210

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Fencing 1. Nine Strand Farm Fence 1.2 metres height secured by steel ‘T’-bars spaced 2.4 metres apart. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02070 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION Page 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION

1. All existing trees, which are to remain, shall be fully protected with the required fencing erected outside the "drip line" of trees, prior to commencement of construction. Groups of trees and other existing plantings to be protected shall be done in like manner with snow fencing or other similar structures around the entire clump(s). Areas within the protective fencing shall remain undisturbed and shall not be used for the storage of building materials or equipment.

2. No rigging cables shall be wrapped around or installed in trees; surplus soil, equipment, debris or materials shall not be placed over root systems of the trees within the protective fencing. No contaminants will be dumped or flushed where feeder roots of trees exist.

3. The contractor shall take every precaution necessary to prevent damage to trees or shrubs to be retained.

4. Where limbs or portions of trees are removed to accommodate construction work, they will be cleanly cut and exposed wood treated with an approved tree wood dressing.

5. Where root systems of protected trees are exposed directly adjacent to or damaged by construction work, they shall be trimmed neatly and the area backfilled with appropriate material, or sprayed with an approved anti-desiccant to prevent drying.

6. Dead trees shall be cut and stumps removed to a minimum depth of 750 mm below proposed finished grades.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02075 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to provide the necessary sediment controls to be installed and maintained for the duration of the contract.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Installation of post and wire fencing and sediment control geo-textile and granular as detailed and in the locations illustrated on the plans. .2 The placement of straw bales or Silt-Sock to supplement the sediment control fence in specific locations of outfall drainage as may be indicated by the plans. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 The ongoing inspection of the sediment controls to assure their integrity throughout the life of the contract. 6. Cleaning and reinstatement of work area and any areas beyond the site requiring cleaning as a result of any breach of the sediment controls as required by the contract administrator. .7 Additionally, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work 1. Temporary Tree Protection Section 02070 2. Earthworks Section 02210

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1. Steel "T" Bars: 3mm x 40mm x 40mm.

2. Fence: 9 Strand Wire Farm Fence. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02075 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2

3. Filter Fabric; geotextile cover fabric 270 R, or equal.

4. Drainage Stone; 19mm diameter clear stone.

5. Straw Bales

PART 3 - EXECUTION

1. Install temporary fence and filter fabric sediment shield as detailed.

2. The work must be in place prior to commencement of any earthwork activity.

3. Maintain this fence and shield as necessary in a secure position until it is allowed to be removed. Regularly inspect the integrity of the sediment barrier throughout the life of the project. Repair as may be required to ensure the performance of the barrier.

4. Remove product from site when permitted by the consultant and the Town departments having jurisdiction.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02210 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EARTHWORKS Page 1

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to provide the necessary earthworks and excavation to construct trails, pathways and structures to the extent indicated by the plans and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Stripping and conservation in stockpiles of topsoil needed for finishing, and excavation for pathways and site features as is required by the plans and site directions. .2 Import, placement and compaction of fill and topsoil materials to meet designed grades. .3 Excavation as required and engineering of sub-surface soils to support park structures and features as described by the plans and the shop drawings or working drawings approved for those structures. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess cut materials from the site. .5 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 The maintenance of all sediment control structures and installations relevant to the works of the site, including those installed by others. .7 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .8 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not applicable

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Existing Site Conditions 1. As a part of the preparation of its tender, the contractor has reviewed and made known, the acceptance of the site contour relative to the graphic contour shown on the plans. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02210 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EARTHWORKS Page 2

2. The contractor is required to strip topsoil in the appropriate areas of the site and adjust grades where necessary to achieve a working and draining rough sub-grade of the needed sectional subgrade levels for pavements and features of the park. The Contractor shall verify grades on the site and review the existing conditions survey and grading plan provided along with the soils report. The contractor is required to make additional adjustments to sub-grades as necessary to achieve appropriate depth of engineered sub-grade for hard surface base materials. The contractor is expected to understand the need for sub-excavation in soft landscape areas of the site to generate the necessary materials that will be required to prepare sub-grade elsewhere. Particular note is to be made of the requirements of the bidder to ensure sub-grade preparation at the park shelter area, playground and waterplay areas and below paved plazas to achieve the required sub-grade bearing resistance as detailed. 3. Failure to report discrepancies in writing will imply acceptance by the contractor of surfaces and conditions, and no claim made thereafter for damages or extras resulting from such surfaces and conditions will be accepted.

3.2 Topsoil Stripping / Placement 1. Strip all insitu topsoil and vegetative cover material, which occur below proposed paved areas and structures. The contractor should note that much of the site is to be held in soft landscape development and so stripping can be limited to the areas of hard landscape and park feature development. Areas not requiring significant grade change may utilize existing and imported topsoil to achieve finished grade. For the grading works of the park it is anticipated that all topsoil will be stripped and stockpiled in “wind-rows” or “stockpiles” in the approximate locations as illustrated by the plans for redistribution in the cut/fill exercise and finishing works for the project. The loading, hauling and placing of this and other material is to be anticipated in the bid as submitted for this project. 2. Contractor shall place topsoil to a minimum depth of 300mm to finish the soft landscape elements in sodded and 150mm for seeded areas of the project though greater depth is acceptable. Topsoil stripped from the site is to be tested for horticultural capabilities by the contractor and amended in accordance with test results for organic content. Imported topsoil for the planting works is to be from approved sources and testing reports submitted for approval by the contract administrator prior to the start of any importing operations for topsoil. The owner is willing to accept approved topsoil from sources where excess volumes exist: free of any dumping charges and then to adjust the grades of the park in reasonable amounts as may be approved by the Owner. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02210 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EARTHWORKS Page 3

3. All topsoil material both on-site and imported is to be tested by the contractor and the costs of such tests incorporated within the base-bid tendered by the contractor for the works of this contract. Topsoil for fine grading shall have pH value of 6.5-7.5, and be free from subsoil, roots, vegetation, debris, toxic materials, or stones over 50 mm diameter.

3.3 Cut and Fill Balance 1. The plans have been prepared with the general intention to produce a balance of insitu topsoil and fill materials and an import of construction materials and aggregates for pavement and other construction. The understanding and calculation of the balancing of cut/fill within the local park areas and the establishment of bearing soil for sub-grade for paving and features through analysis of the soils report and drawing examination is the contractor's responsibility. 2. It is the intention of the contract to sub-excavate within the site as may be required in order to generate needed materials for compacted sub- grade surface in compliance with the applicable works and the related sections of the specifications. Completely consume and retain the on- site materials to finish the works inasmuch as may be possible through reviewed grade adjustments in the field to avoid unnecessary exports of materials.

3. It is to be the bidders’ sole responsibility to evaluate and understand the needed grading program to achieve the grades described by the drawings. Supply and place all suitable materials and execute the works as is necessary to bring the grades to the finished elevations. The contractor is responsible to plan grading programmes to excavate and produce from the site the needed “engineer-able” and structural fill required to prepare the area of the park shelter building, playground, waterplay facilities, washroom building and plaza areas.

3.4 Filling

1. Unless otherwise specified, the contractor shall, where required, supply and spread sufficient fill materials from the site to raise existing grades to the specified level as indicated on the drawings.

2. Such imported fill materials shall be supplied with complete chemical analysis reports to the approval of the consultant and shall be examined and made free of any debris subject to rot or corrosion, and shall be approved by the consultant before placing.

3. Under no circumstances shall topsoil or any other deleterious material be used as fill beneath any structures requiring bearing soils such as footings, slab foundations, paving, walks, steps, playgrounds, etc. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02210 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EARTHWORKS Page 4

4. Prior to placing fill, the existing grade shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 75mm to provide a good bond and prevent slipping of fill.

5. Fill materials shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 250 mm in depth. Each layer shall be compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density (S.P.M.D.D.) before placing subsequent layers.

6. The preparation of the finished sub-grade, prior to placing of topsoil under sodding, shall be as specified under Section 02487.

7. All fill materials shall be compacted when the moisture content, as determined by laboratory tests, is suitable for obtaining the required density. When the moisture content is too low, water shall be applied by means of an approved distributor. When the material is too wet, it shall be thoroughly mixed with dry material, or the wet material shall be dried by blading, dicing or other approved method.

8. The surface shall be shaped at all times to ensure adequate surface run- off and prevent ponding and scouring.

3.5 Excavating

1. Before proceeding with excavating work for paving, the areas shall be staked out and approval obtained from the consultant.

2. All areas for paving shall be excavated to the specified depths as indicated on all drawings, details and specifications.

3. The final sub-grade shall be maintained parallel to the finished grade and shall be thoroughly compacted to 98% S.P.M.D.D. minimum.

4. Submit written evidence that the specified compaction has been realized and obtain approval from the Consultant before commencing work.

5. All structures such as walks, steps, etc. shall be staked out on the site to the consultant's approval before commencing excavating work.

6. The excavations for all foundations shall be carried to undisturbed soil, or to a minimum depth of 1200mm unless specified otherwise.

7. The bearing capacity of the soil on which the footings are to be founded shall be tested by a geotechnical consultant to ensure it is capable of supporting the imposed loads.

8. Where the bearing-capacity appears to be insufficient, soil investigations shall be carried-out with the approval of the landscape architect. Costs TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02210 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EARTHWORKS Page 5

of such investigations shall be paid for out of the Cash Allowance for testing.

9. Where it is necessary to carry excavations deeper than specified, until a firm bearing is obtained, fill the extra excavation with concrete, OPS compliant SSSM and/or granular fill as directed. Under no circumstances will earth filling under small-scale footings be permitted, unless otherwise approved.

10. The cost of extra excavations and extra concrete will be paid for at agreed unit or lump sum prices quoted to the Owner and approved. Where such extra costs are the result of the contractor's error or misinterpretation, no extra payment will be made.

11. All excavations shall be sufficiently shored and braced to prevent caving- in and support existing structures, roads, services, etc.

12. All shoring shall be done in strict accordance with local regulations and approval obtained from local authorities.

13. Warning signs and protective barriers shall be erected in accordance with local regulations.

14. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages and subsequent repairs to underground utilities and structures resulting from contractor's operations.

15. All excavations shall be protected from freezing and water. Provide and operate as many pumps as are necessary to keep excavations free of water at all times.

16. All surplus excavated material shall be removed and disposed of, unless approved by the consultant for filling or backfilling. Surplus material and unacceptable materials shall be removed from the site and disposed.

17. All excavated rocks less than 600mm dia. and boulders shall be immediately removed from the site or buried at approved locations to minimum depths of 1.5 m below finished grade under the direction of the owner.

18. All excavated rocks and boulders greater than 600mm dia. shall be immediately saved for use as may be directed by the Town of Georgina. Contact the Consultant immediately for instructions regarding storage location and placement of on-site and found boulders.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02216 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ARMOURSTONE Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install natural stone cubical units and boulders to the locations indicated by the plans and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Shaping of sub-grade and protection of sub-drains within the work-zone.

.2 The placement of limestone units to create edges and walls in accordance with the construction details, including all aspects of excavation, bedding materials and backfill, geo-textiles, granular drainage medium and drainage pipes.

.3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess cut materials or waste from the site.

.4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein.

.5 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator.

.6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work

1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Sodding Section 02487 3. Sub Drain Section 02640 4. Culvert Section 02650 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02216 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ARMOURSTONE Page 2

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

1. All cubical stonework shall be of limestone origin. 2. Boulder-erratics when approved may be from local sources or other as proposed by the contractor. 3. Supply of said materials shall be made available to be examined at the quarry source and approved sampling for use on site. Submit photographs for review. Possible sources: a) Beaver Valley Stone, Markham, Ontario. Telephone (416) 222-2424

b) Ebel Quarries, Wiarton, Ontario. Telephone (519) 534-0380

4. Armourstone cubical units shall be generally 1.5 - 2.0 tonnes, in cubical shapes of 1000 mm x 600 mm x 600 mm.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

1. Have stone lowered into place by crane or alternate approved method.

2. Any damage caused to the side of the stone from unloading shall be repaired by chiselling.

3. The boulders must butt together sufficiently to prevent erosion. Joints between units are to include geotextile backing to 300mm beyond the joint and for the entire vertical section of the joint as per drawings and details.

4. Stone units for retaining wall structures shall have a consistent bed depth wherever possible and longer and broader units are to be utilized for the lower courses of the wall.

5. Stone units for the top course of a retaining wall or for an edging shall be consistent in appearance and texture. The contractor is to select the stones of best appearance for these applications.

6. The plans do not intend to show exact boulder size, but do specify elevations to be met.

7. Have the subgrade compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density (S.P.M.D.D.) and inspected by the consultant prior to placing.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02222 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to install utilities, water lines, sewers and inlets in the locations and to the details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

.3 The contractor shall comply with all requirements of the Workmen's Compensation Board and The Construction Safety Act and all amendments. Such compliance shall not relieve the contractor of full responsibility for the safety of workmen and the public.

.4 The Inspector of The Construction Safety Act and the Municipal Safety Inspector of Jurisdiction shall each be notified in writing prior to the commencement of each stage of the work.

.5 All work shall conform to the local Municipal or Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. Applicable CSA standards and O.P.S.S. documents will prevail where ANSI or ASTM conflict.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Excavations as required to establish sub-grade levels for pipe beddings, bases for the installation of utilities. .2 Installation of specified pipes and structures, as described by the plans, details and any shop or working drawings approved for those structures. Borings and casings under roads to local municipal standards as may be required. .3 Backfilling trench with bedding material as specified and indicated and filling trench with suitable material to proposed subgrade. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. Compacting backfill materials in an acceptable manner. .5 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 Cleaning of the final product and affected site areas and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02222 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES Page 2

.7 Scheduling, coordination and payment for video inspection of the completed storm-sewer works and the existing local system of sewers to which the works are tributary. Submission of the video inspection report for review and approval by the Town of Georgina. .8 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Sections 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Manhole and Catch-basin Section 02630 3. Subdrain Section 02640 4. Storm Sewer Systems Section 02720 5. Plumbing and Chamber Section 15490

1.4 Reference Standards 1. Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. 2. American Water Works Association latest edition. 3. Local Municipal Standards and Specifications. 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition. 5. Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulation for Construction Projects.

1.5 Quality Assurance 1. Independent testing laboratory selected and paid by owner, shall be retained to perform construction testing on backfilling operations.

1.6 Submittals 1. Shop drawings or details pertaining to site utilities are not required unless required by regulatory authorities or unless use of materials, methods, equipment or procedures are contrary to drawings or these specifications are proposed. Do not perform work until required shop drawings have been accepted by Owner.

2. The Contractor shall contact all utility companies and determine if additional easements will be required to complete the project. Contractor shall provide written confirmation of the status of all easements to the Town Project Manager at the time of the pre- construction meeting or no later than 90 days prior to the project possession date. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02222 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES Page 3

3. Offsite fill material that is to be used in backfilling is to be made available to the project Geotechnical Engineer for their independent sampling with the testing laboratory or submit a gradation and certification of the aggregate material that is to be used to the Geotechnical Engineer and testing laboratory for review.

1.7 Project Record Documents 1. Accurately record actual locations of all subsurface utilities, structures and obstructions encountered.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials 1. Bedding Material: High Performance Bedding or processed sand and gravel free from clay lumps, organic, or other deleterious material, and complying with gradation requirements of the local Municipality and Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications.

2. Backfill material from site approved by the owner or owner’s representative.

3. Backfill material from off-site approved by the owner or owner’s representative.

4. Steel Casing Pipe: Comply with AWWA C-200, minimum grade B, size and wall-thickness as indicated on Drawings.

5. Acceptable Stabilization Fabrics and Geogrids as specified in Contract Documents or equivalent as approved by Landscape Architect.

6. Filter/Drainage Fabrics as specified in Contract Documents or equivalent as approved by Landscape Architect.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation 1. Set all lines, elevations and grades for utility and drainage system work and control system for duration of work, including careful maintenance of bench marks, property corners, monuments or other reference points.

2. Maintain in operating condition all existing utilities, active utilities and drainage systems encountered in utility installation. Repair any surface or subsurface improvements shown on Drawings. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02222 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES Page 4

3. Verify location, size, elevation and other pertinent data required to make connections to existing utilities and drainage systems prior to commencing construction, and as indicated on Contract documents. 4. Over excavate and properly prepare areas of sub-grade that are not capable of supporting the proposed systems. These areas shall be stabilized by using acceptable filter fabrics and/or additional bedding material place and compacted as specified.

5. Design and install dewatering systems that will be required to construct the proposed utilities in a manner that is described herein.

3.2 Excavation 1. The local utility companies shall be contacted and locates or clearances provided before any excavation or boring operations begin. Dig trenches at proper width and depth for laying pipe, conduit, or cable. Cut trench banks vertical if possible and remove stones from bottom of trench as necessary to avoid point bearing. Over excavate wet or unstable soil, if encountered, from trench bottom as necessary to provide suitable base for continuous and uniform bedding.

2. All trench excavation side walls greater than 1.2 m in depth shall be sloped, shored, sheeted, braced or otherwise supported by means of sufficient strength to protect the workers within them in accordance with the application rules and regulations established for construction by the Ministry of Labour, Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA) and by local ordinances. Lateral travel distance to an exit ladder or steps shall not be greater than specified in the OHSA.

3. Perform excavation as indicated for specified depths. During excavation, stockpile materials suitable for backfilling in orderly manner far enough from bank of trench to avoid overloading, slides or cave-ins.

4. Remove excavated materials not required or not suitable for backfill or embankments and waste as specified. Any structures discovered during excavation (s) shall be disposed of as specified.

5. Prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations by temporary grading or other methods, as required. Remove accumulated water in trenches or other excavations by pumping or other acceptable methods.

6. Open cut excavation with trenching machine or backhoe. Where machines other than ladder or wheel-type trenching machines are used, do not use clods for backfill. Dispose of unsuitable material and provide other suitable material at no additional cost to Owner. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02222 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES Page 5

7. Accurately grade trench bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on bedding material at every point along entire length, except where necessary to excavate for bell holes, proper sealing of pipe joints, or other required connections. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Dig no deeper, longer or wider than needed to make joint connection properly.

8. Trench width requirements below the top of the pipe shall be in conformance with OPSD/OPSS and generally shall not be less than 300 mm nor more than 450 mm wider than outside surface of any pipe or conduit that is to be installed to designated elevations and grades. All other trench width requirements for pipe, conduit, or cable shall be the least practical width that will allow for proper compaction of trench backfill, or as specified by pipe manufacturer .

9. Trench depth requirements measured from-finished grade or paved surface shall meet the following requirements or applicable codes and ordinances: 1. Storm Sewer: Depths, elevations and grades as shown on Drawings. 2. Water Service: Depths as may be shown on the drawings to a minimum of 1.5 metres or as needed to connect to existing services and Meter Chamber.

3.3 Pipe Bedding 1. Accurately cut trenches for pipe or conduit that is to be installed to designated elevations plus depth of bedding material below bottom of pipe and to width as specified. Place specified bedding material, compact in bottom of trench and accurately shape to conform to lower portion of pipe barrel.

2. Place geotextile fabric as specified on the plans and specifications.

3.4 Backfilling 1. Criteria: Trenches shall not be backfilled until required tests are performed and the utility systems comply with and are accepted by applicable governing authorities. Backfill trenches as specified. If improperly backfilled, reopen to depth required to obtain proper compaction. Backfill and compact, as specified, to properly correct condition in an acceptable manner.

2. Backfilling: After pipe or conduit has been installed, bedded and tested as specified, backfill trench or structure excavation with specified material placed in 200 mm maximum loose lifts. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02222 JULIA MUNRO PARK

EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES Page 6

3. Backfill trenches to the contours and elevations shown on the plans with unfrozen materials.

4. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy sub-grade surfaces. 3.5 Compaction 1. Exercise proper caution when compacting immediately over top of pipes or conduits. Water jetting or flooding is not permitted as a method of compaction unless directed or approved by the Project Manager.

2. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density.

3.6 Transportation 1. Off-site materials shall be transported to the project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on the job site, all transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger any of the improvements by rutting, overloading or pumping the haul road.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02486 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SEEDING Page 1

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Shaping of subgrade and protection of sub-drains within the work-zone. .2 The import and placement and insitu topsoil to create an acceptable root-zone to the depths specified. Applying water and compacting to achieve fine grading in preparation for the installation of seed. .3 The preservation of grades within swales and the maintenance of overland drainage flow direction. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess cut materials or waste from the site. .5 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .7 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Sodding Section 02487 3. Planting Section 02490 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02486 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SEEDING Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Topsoil 1. Topsoil for fine grading in seeded areas shall generally conform to the following qualities: friable, neither heavy clay nor of very light sandy nature consisting of 50-60% sand, 20-40% silt, 6-10% clay, 2-5% organic matter, pH value of 6.5-7.5, and bulk density not exceeding 1.3g/cm3. Free from subsoil, roots, vegetation, debris, toxic materials, stones over 50 mm diameter. Topsoil shall be a natural loam with an acidity range from 6.0 pH to 7.5 pH; containing organic matter of 4% for clay loams and a minimum of 2% for sandy loams; and free of stones and roots over 50 mm dia., and subsoil, clay lumps, other solid materials, noxious weeds, weed seeds or other deleterious materials.

2. All topsoil shall be tested for agricultural fertility and chemical composition including N.P.K. and minor elements as well as for clay and organic matter content, and acidity (pH) range, when required by landscape architect. After being tested, written test reports shall be submitted and approved by the landscape architect, before topsoil is imported and used on site.

3. All topsoil material both on-site and imported is to be tested by the contractor and the costs of such tests incorporated within the base bid tendered by the contractor for the works of this contract.

2.2 Seed Mixtures 1. Seed Mixtures shall match those listed on the plans and shall meet the requirements of The Seeds Act for Canada No. 1 Seed. The mixtures shall be mixed and supplied by a recognized seed house with tested rates for purity and germination of not less than the government standard rates.

2.3 Water 1. Water, used for hydraulic seeding, shall be free of any impurities, which would inhibit germination or otherwise adversely affect growth.

2.4 Mulch 1. Mulch to be used is "Verdyol Mulch Standard Quality" or an approved equal. Conform to the manufacturer's specification for materials, mixing and applications.

2.5 Fertilizer 1. The contractor shall be prepared to supply all necessary fertilizers to eliminate any chemical deficiencies as indicated by the soil analysis report of imported or on site topsoil. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02486 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SEEDING Page 3

2. The required quantities of fertilizers shall be based on the recommended rates of application indicated by the soil analysis report. Superphosphate @ 90 kg/ha 5 - 20 - 20 @ 90 kg. /ha

2.6 Delivery and Storage 1. All grass seed and nurse crop seed, where specified, shall be stored in a dry, weatherproof storage place and shall be protected from damage by heat, moisture, rodents or other causes until time of seeding. Care shall be taken that labels or other identification are not removed or defaced.

2. Fertilizers shall be placed in standard containers, clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, weight and analysis. All fertilizer shall be stored in a weatherproof storage place under lock and key, and in such a manner that it will stay dry and its effectiveness is not impaired.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Site Preparation 1. Adjust and grade sub-grade to allow the placing of topsoil to minimum depths as specified below finished grade. Preserve the intended finished elevations and direction flows of overland drainage.

2. Such sub-grade shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 75 mm to produce an even loose textured surface, free of all stones, roots, branches, etc. larger than 50 mm.

3. The finished sub-grade shall be approved by the landscape architect prior to placing topsoil.

4. Spread and grade topsoil evenly over approved sub-grade to depths indicated on plans.

5. Fine-grade, rake and roll surface until smooth and firm against footprints, and free of depressions, lumps and irregularities.

6. Where lime is required, it shall be applied and well worked into the soil, prior to the application of fertilizers and in sufficient quantities to obtain a pH value of not less than 6.0.

3.2 Installation 1. The required fertilizers shall be applied by means of an approved mechanical spreader, at the specified rates, immediately prior to seeding. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02486 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SEEDING Page 4

2. The fertilizers shall be well worked into the upper 75 mm of soil by discing or harrowing.

3. Seed shall be applied by means of an approved mechanical dry seeding machine - "Brillian" or approved equal.

4. It shall be applied in two (2) intersecting directions.

3.3 Time of Seeding 1. Seeding of grass shall be carried out during periods, which are most favourable for the establishment of a healthy stand of grass.

2. The seeding periods specified herein are listed in order of preference, generally accepted by the trade.

a) Period from September 1 to September 21 b) Period from May 15 to May 30

3.4 Inspections 1. Obtain the landscape architect's approval of the finished topsoil surface before proceeding with the seeding.

2. Provide timely notice to the landscape architect when final acceptance is required.

3. Partial acceptance will be given when seeding work has been delayed due to circumstances beyond the control of the contractor or when further seeding work would conflict with good horticultural practice and jeopardize the performance of work and materials.

4. At the time of inspection for acceptance grass shall be well established and in a vigorous growing condition.

3.5 Maintenance 1. Maintain all seeded areas immediately after installation until all project work has been inspected, approved and accepted.

2. Such maintenance shall include all measures necessary to establish and maintain grass in a vigorous growing condition, including but not limited to:

a) Mowing, at regular intervals as required to maintain grass at a maximum height of 75 mm. A minimum of two mowings with clippings removal is part of the contract, or until fully established. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02486 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SEEDING Page 5

b) Watering, when required, and with sufficient amounts to ensure germination and prevent grass and underlying soil from drying out. Water is the contractor's cost. c) Fertilizing, including all required supplementary fertilizer applications as necessary to establish a vigorous growing stand of grass. d) Weed Control shall be carried out when required to keep seeded areas reasonably free of weeds. When herbicides are used, they shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Any damage resulting from contractor's use of herbicides shall be remedied at his own expense.

3. Erosion resulting from contractor's faulty workmanship and/or materials shall be repaired and re-seeded at his own expense.

a) Re-seeding shall be carried out over all areas, which show deterioration, bare spots or are thin. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02487 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TOPSOIL, FINE GRADING AND SODDING Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to provide the necessary fine grading and placement of sod for general purpose areas.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Shaping of the final grade and protection of sub-drains within the workzone. .2 Ensuring that the grades of swales are protected and that overland drainage will occur as intended by the plans. .3 The delivery and placement of nursery grown sod as specified herein. The protection of graded areas to ensure maintenance of the created crowns of the sports-fields. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess cut materials or waste from the site. .4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Planting Section 02490

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Topsoil 1. Topsoil for fine grading shall be free from subsoil, roots, vegetation, debris, toxic materials, stones over 50 mm diameter. Topsoil shall be a natural loam with an acidity range from 6.0 pH to 7.5 pH; containing TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02487 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TOPSOIL, FINE GRADING AND SODDING Page 2

organic matter of 4% for clay loams and a minimum of 2% for sandy loams; and free of stones and roots over 50 mm dia., and subsoil, clay lumps, other solid materials, noxious weeds, weed seeds or other deleterious materials.

3. All topsoil materials both on-site and imported is to be tested by the contractor and the costs of such tests incorporated within the base bid tendered by the contractor for the works of this contract.

2.2 Sod 1. Sod shall be a Certified No. 1 sod, grown and sold in accordance with the latest specifications of the Nursery Sod Growers Association of Ontario (NSGA).

2. At the time of installation, sod shall have a strong, fibrous root system, be free of disease, stones, burned or bare spots, with a healthy green colour and contain not more than 1% twitch grass and other weeds.

3. Sod shall be cut and rolled in sections of .836 sq. m. in area and approximately 32 mm thick as specified by the NSGA.

4. Wooden pegs, for staking of sod on slopes 1:3 and steeper, shall be approved hardwood pegs 25 mm x 25 mm square and at least 225 mm long, or longer, as required to provide satisfactory anchorage.

5. Fertilizer shall be a commercial fertilizer having a 10-10-10 ratio and shall be applied such that actual nitrogen shall be 10.5 kg. 100 sq. m.

2.3 Delivery and Storage 1. Protect sod during transportation for delivery to the site in a fresh and healthy condition.

2. Install sod immediately - no later than 48 hours after arrival on site. Keep moist and fresh until installation.

3. Handle sod carefully to prevent breaking or tearing. Immediately remove damaged or dried-out sod from the site. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02487 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TOPSOIL, FINE GRADING AND SODDING Page 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Site Preparation 1. Adjust and grade sub-grade (potentially by others) to allow the placing of topsoil to minimum depths below finished grade as specified.

2. Scarify sub-grade to at least 75 mm deep and remove debris and all stones 50 mm in diameter and larger.

3. Prior to placement of topsoil arrange for inspection of finished grade by the consultant.

4. Spread and grade topsoil evenly over approved sub-grade to depths indicated on plans and specifications.

5. Unless recommended otherwise on soil test report, apply a 10-10-10 fertilizer at the rate of 10.5 kg/100 sq. m.

6. Work fertilizer well and uniformly into the topsoil within 48 hours before laying sod.

7. Fine-grade, rake and roll surface until smooth and firm against footprints, and free of depressions, lumps and irregularities.

3.2 Installation 1. Place sod closely knit together so that no open joints are visible and pieces are not overlapping.

2. Install sod to blend tight and uniformly with adjoining grass areas and to be flush with paving, top of curbs, etc, or 25mm lower than asphalt paving on downside of paved surface.

3. Particular care is to be taken in the grading and sodding to ensure that there are no sharp changes in grade, raised edges or ridges that will affect the performance of the surface.

4. On slopes of 4:1 and steeper, place sod perpendicular to the slope and stake every row with wooden pegs at 600 mm intervals. Drive pegs flush with sod.

5. Immediately after installation, water with sufficient amount to saturate sod and underlying topsoil. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02487 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TOPSOIL, FINE GRADING AND SODDING Page 4

6. As soon as sod has dried sufficiently to prevent damage, roll with roller to ensure a good bond between sod and topsoil and to remove minor depressions and irregularities.

7. Clean up all areas and remove debris.

3.3 Maintenance 1. Maintain all sodded areas immediately after installation until all project work has been inspected, approved and accepted by the Town of Georgina.

2. Maintenance shall include all necessary measures to establish and maintain grass in a healthy, vigorous growing condition. Provide a minimum of two cuts as a maintenance requirement regardless of date of acceptance.

3. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, the following work: a) Mow grass areas at regular intervals as required maintaining grass at a maximum height of 50 mm. Not more than 1/3 of grass blade shall be cut during one mowing. Hand clip where necessary and keep edges neatly trimmed. Remove heavy clippings immediately after mowing and trimming. Do not let grass exceed 100 mm height.

b) Weed and disease control when necessary. Use chemicals in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and be fully responsible for all damages resulting from use of chemicals.

c) Fertilize and water, when necessary, with sufficient quantities of water to prevent sod and underlying soil from drying out. Water is considered contractor's cost.

d) Roll all sodded areas to remove minor depressions and irregularities.

e) Repair all erosion damage resulting from faulty workmanship.

f) Replace all grass which has deteriorated or which shows bare spots.

g) Protect all grass areas against damage, including erosion and trespassing, by providing and maintaining proper safeguards. Remove safeguards at end of maintenance period.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLANTING Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to perform planting operations for trees, shrubs, groundcovers and herbaceous plants in accordance with best horticultural practices.

.3 Comply with Town of Georgina Standards and notes for Planting.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Preparation of tree pits and planting areas in accordance with the applicable details and to the positions indicated by the plans. .2 The layout and review of plants in the positions indicated by the drawings and in accordance with the variety of the plant material as identified by Latin name nomenclature of the plant list. .3 The preparation of the needed planting mixture soils to ensure the successful growth of the planted stock. .4 The installation of supports and protection devices to ensure the success of the plant material. .5 Removal and legal disposal of any excess cut materials or waste from the site. .6 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .7 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .8 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Seeding Section 02486 3. Sodding Section 02487 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLANTING Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Topsoil 1. Topsoil shall be natural loam with an acidity range from 6.0 pH to 7.5 pH; containing organic matter of 4% for clay loams and a minimum of 2% for sandy loams; and free of stones and roots over 50 mm dia., and subsoil, clay lumps, other solid materials, noxious weeds, weed seeds or other deleterious materials.

2. All topsoil materials both on-site and imported is to be tested by the contractor and the costs of such tests incorporated within the base bid tendered by the contractor for the works of this contract.

2.2 Peatmoss 1. Peatmoss shall consist of partially decomposed fibrous or cellular stems of Sphagnum Mosses and shall have a porous to spongy fibrous texture, with a pH ranging from 4.5 to 6.0. The peatmoss shall be supplied in bales, which shall be free of decomposed colloidal residue, wood, sulphur and iron and shall be finely shredded into particles not larger than 6 mm.

2.3 Bonemeal 1. Bonemeal shall be a commercial, clean bonemeal, finely ground and analyzing to a minimum of 5% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid.

2.4 Fertilizer 1. Fertilizer shall be inorganic, complete fertilizers containing not less than 60% urea formaldehyde.

2.5 Plant Materials 1. All plants shall be No. 1 Grade, nursery-grown stock of a grade and quality conforming to the horticultural standards and grown under proper cultural practices as adopted by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association (CNTA).

2. Nursery stock shall be transplanted and/or root pruned regularly, but not later than nine (9) months prior to arrival on project site.

3. Plants shall conform to all regulations requiring inspection for disease and insect control. Plants, which require chemical treatment as ordered by the Department of Agriculture, shall be prohibited.

4. All plants shall be true to name in accordance with the plant list, with botanical names conforming to the "International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Plants". TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLANTING Page 3

5. Plants shall be tagged with their name and size. Labels shall not be removed until after final inspection at the end of the maintenance period.

6. Substitutions for the specified plants are not allowed unless approved by the landscape architect in writing.

7. Plants shall be supplied from nurseries located within the same hardiness zone, and grown in the same soil conditions as the project site, and in accordance with the Plant List, unless otherwise approved.

8. Plants shall be freshly dug and be in a healthy vigorous condition upon arrival at the site. Heeled-in plants or plants from cold storage are not allowed.

9. Plants shall be sound, healthy and well-branched, free of disease and insects, and possess all the characteristics of the specified species. Headers shall be straight and intact and stems and trunks free of sun scalds, frost cracks, abrasions and other damages.

10. Old injuries shall be completely callused over with pruning wounds showing vigorous bark on all edges and all parts showing live green cambium tissue when cut.

11. Plants shall be measured when the branches are in their normal position with height and spread dimensions referring to the main body of the plant.

12. Trees are specified by caliper, which is the diameter of the trunk measured at 150 mm above grade.

13. Root balls shall contain at least 75% of the fibrous roots and shall conform to the sizes specified in the Guide Specification for Nursery Stock of the Canadian Nursery Trades Association.

14. Root balls shall be supplied wrapped in burlap as follows:

Root Ball Diameter

a) Up to 450 mm 5 oz. Hessian burlap b) 450 mm to 750 mm double burlap c) 900 mm and up double burlap and drum laced with 6 mm rope at 200 mm spacing TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLANTING Page 4

2.6 Accessories 1. Wrapping material for tree trunks shall be burlap or approved equal, at least 270g/m2 in weight and ranging in width from 150 mm to 250 mm.

2. Stakes for tree support shall be as detailed or approved equal. Wood stakes to have one coat of Olympic stain no. 708 or approved equal, applied to manufacturer’s specifications.

3. Wires for tree supports shall be #10 gauge galvanized steel wire encased in new black two-ply 12 mm diameter rubber hose.

4. Anti-desiccant, where required, shall be "Wilt Proof" or an approved equal.

5. Install rodent protection on all trees and shrubs. Shrub protection may be "Scoot" or equal.

2.7 Mulch 1. Mulch in planting saucers shall be 75 mm shredded pine bark wood mulch. Place to depths indicated as per details.

2.8 Quality Assurance 1. All planting work shall be carried out by experienced workmen under the direction and supervision of experienced and qualified plantsmen.

2. All plants shall be No. 1 Grade nursery stock grown and supplied in accordance with current standards as adopted by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association latest metric edition.

3. All plants shall meet or exceed all pertinent regulations with respect to inspection for plant disease and insect control.

4. Submit samples of specified mulches and plant accessories when required by the landscape architect. Keep approved sample(s) on site in an approved, protected location until work has been inspected, approved and accepted.

5. All topsoil shall be tested for N.P.K. and minor elements as well as for clay and organic matter content, and acidity (pH) range, when required by landscape architect. After being tested, written test reports shall be submitted and approved by the landscape architect, before being used on site. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLANTING Page 5

2.9 Inspections 1. All plant materials shall be available for inspection at the nursery by the landscape architect and Town of Georgina. The contractor shall give timely notice of availability of the material for inspection. 2. Approval of plants at the nursery does not impair the right of the landscape architect to inspect plants upon arrival at site and reject plants which have been damaged, are in poor condition, or otherwise do not conform to the specifications. 3. Do not remove plant labels until plants have been inspected and approved by the landscape architect.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Delivery and Storage 1. Deliver all materials in their original containers with all labels intact and legible. Containers with fertilizers, peatmoss, bonemeal, etc., shall clearly indicate contents, weight, analysis and manufacturer's name.

2. All materials, which are subject to deterioration from weather, shall be stored in a dry, protected weather-proof area.

3. Plants shall be protected from damage and drying out from the time they are dug, during transportation, until planting on the site.

4. Plants, which cannot be planted immediately after arrival on the site, shall be properly heeled in, protected and kept moist until they can be planted.

3.2 Site Preparation 1. Excavate to the specified depth, as detailed, or in accordance with the following schedule:

a) Shrubs and Evergreens 450 mm minimum

b) Groundcovers, perennial and annual plants 300 mm minimum.

c) Pits shall be deep enough to allow at least 150 mm of topsoil under root ball.

2. Stake out the locations of all tree pits and planting areas to the landscape architect's approval before planting.

3. Scarify sub-grade in tree pits and planting areas to a minimum depth of 150 mm. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLANTING Page 6

3.3 Installation 1. Plant during periods suitable with respect to climatic conditions, locally accepted practice and to the landscape architect's approval.

2. Plants shall be installed to give the best appearance and to the landscape architect's approval.

3. Plants shall be set plumb in the centre of pits and at the same relationship to grade as in their original growing locations.

4. Remove all ropes, wires, etc. and pull away burlap from top 1/3 of rootball.

5. Backfill in 150 mm layers firmly tamping each layer around the roots and taking care not to leave air pockets.

6. Thoroughly water when planting pit is half full and again when completely filled.

7. Allow each plant and tree to be about 75 mm above surrounding grade to permit natural settlement.

8. Surround each plant, except when planted in a bed, with an earth saucer as large as the planting pit in order to retain water. Remove saucer at the end of the maintenance period.

9. Thoroughly water all planting areas and trees immediately after planting.

3.4 Tree Support 1. Install tree supports as detailed. Tighten guys without placing undue strain. Encase wires in rubber hose at points of contact with bark. Do not begin first twist in tree wiring within 100mm of trunk.

3.5 Pruning 1. Prune all plants as necessary to remove dead and broken branches.

2. Preserve the natural character; do not remove leader or small branches along trunks.

3. Use clean, sharp tools and make cuts clean and flush without leaving stubs. 4. Cut back to living tissue all cuts, scars and bruises, shaped so as not to retain water. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLANTING Page 7

3.6 Maintenance 1. Maintain all plants and planting areas immediately after installation in accordance with Section 02970.

3.7 Guarantee 1. All plants accepted shall be guaranteed as per Section 01740 Warranties.

2. All plants shall be inspected at the time of the guarantee period(s). Plants, which at that time, are not in a healthy vigorous growing condition to the landscape architect's approval, shall be replaced at no extra charge.

3. Replacements shall be supplied and planted in strict accordance with drawings, plant list and the specifications and shall be subject to the same specified two (2) year guarantee period following planting.

4. Replacements shall be planted as soon as possible, but during the proper planting season, in accordance with accepted horticultural practice.

5. All replacement trees shall be clearly marked in a visible manner.

6. Notify Town of Georgina and landscape architect, in writing, when replacements are to be planted.

7. Replacements required because of vandalism, theft, or other causes beyond the contractor's control, are not part of this contract.

8. Contractor is responsible for the removal of all t-bars, guy wires, etc. after trees are accepted by the Town.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02511 JULIA MUNRO PARK

LIMESTONE PAVING Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install compacted limestone pavements in the locations and to the details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Shaping of subgrade and protection of sub-drains within the workzone. .2 Excavations as required to establish grades and slopes of pavement structures. .3 Installation and compaction of sub-base materials and granular pavement materials to the compacted thicknesses as described by the plans and details. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .5 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 Cleaning of the final paving product and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .7 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Seeding Section 02286 3. Sodding Section 02487 4. Planting Section 02490 5. Asphalt Paving Section 02552 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02511 JULIA MUNRO PARK

LIMESTONE PAVING Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials 1. Screenings shall be 9mm clear, crusher run limestone material free of all deleterious materials.

2.2 Equipment 1. The requirements of OPS, Form No. 310, Sub-Sections 310.05.01 to 310.05.07 shall apply to all work specified herein.

2. Granular base shall consist of a clean, crushed stone or rock. Granular ‘A’ in accordance with MTO Form No. 1010 and O.P.S.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Inspections 1. During construction, the density and thickness of each course shall be carefully controlled and shall be in full accordance with the drawings and specifications.

2. The average thickness of each course shall at no point vary more than 6 mm from the specified thickness.

3. Each course shall be inspected and tested for density and thickness to the approval of the landscape architect before placing subsequent courses.

4. Paving shall receive final inspection by the landscape architect upon completion of all work.

5. The surface of the finished paving shall be true to grade as shown on drawings and shall be free of irregularities exceeding 3 mm as measured with a 300 mm straight-edge parallel to the centre line of the paving.

3.2 Testing 1. When required by the landscape architect, all coarse and fine aggregates to be used in the paving shall be tested to determine conformance with the requirements of the specifications.

2. The costs of such testing shall be paid as provided for in the General Conditions and the applicable contract allowance. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02511 JULIA MUNRO PARK

LIMESTONE PAVING Page 3

3.3 Site Preparation

1. All rough grading, filling where required, excavating and preparation of sub-grade under paving, shall be described under Section 02210 Earthworks.

2. The final sub-grade under paving shall have the approval of the consultant prior to placing of specified materials.

3. Any underground wiring or other utility occurring below a paved area shall be fully compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density (S.P.M.D.D.).

4. Upon approval of sub-grade, the contractor shall spread the approved specified materials in accordance with the drawings.

5. Granular materials shall be spread in layers not exceeding four inches (100 mm) in depth per layer. The contractor shall take care that granular materials do not become contaminated by deleterious materials.

6. Immediately following spreading, each layer shall be compacted to 98% S.P.M.D.D. Areas adjacent to curbs, catch basins, manholes and other areas not accessible to rollers shall be properly compacted with approved mechanical or hand tamping devices.

7. Depth indicated on drawings shall be the minimum depth after proper compaction.

8. All irregularities or depressions resulting from rolling shall be corrected and compacted until the surface is smooth and uniform and true to line and level.

9. The contractor shall arrange for compaction tests to be carried out by an independent testing firm and submit test results to the consultant. Have enough work prepared to justify four hours of work by the testing company.

10. The cost for such tests shall be paid for as provided for in the General Conditions and the applicable contract allowance. Where re-testing is required because of insufficient compaction, the cost of re-testing shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02552 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ASPHALT PAVING Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install compacted asphalt pavements in the locations and to the details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Excavations as required to establish grades and slopes of pavement structures. .2 Installation and compaction of sub-base materials and asphalt pavement materials and mixtures to the compacted thicknesses as described by the plans, details and in conformance with OPS and OPSD as applicable. .3 It is to be noted by the contractor that pavement mixes for play court areas to be colour-coated shall be pure mixtures with “virgin” asphaltic cement and no RAP materials. Asphalt for pathways can be conventional and typical mixtures to the definitions provided in the construction details and the specifications herein. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .5 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 Cleaning of the final paving product and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .7 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work

1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02552 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ASPHALT PAVING Page 2

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials 1. The granular base course shall conform to the requirements of OPS Form 1010. 2. Paving mixtures shall be a hot mix, hot laid asphaltic concrete installed to the minimum compacted thickness shown on the details. 3. The mixture shall be composed of coarse and fine aggregates, mineral filler and asphalt cement, uniformly mixed and meeting the gradation requirements specified hereinafter. 4. Coarse aggregates shall be a crushed rock, slag or gravel, or combinations thereof, free of clay, silt or other deleterious materials and meeting the gradation requirements of OPS Form 1010, latest edition. 5. Fine aggregates shall be composed of clean, hard durable particles of natural sand, manufactured sand or screenings resulting from the crushing of rock, stone or gravel. Material shall be free of clay, silt or other objectionable material. 6. The mineral filler shall consist of finely ground particles of limestone, hydrated lime or other mineral dust approved by the consultant. It shall be free of clay, silt or other deleterious matter and shall conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percentage Passing No. 30 100 No. 100 80 7. Asphalt cement shall conform in all respects with OPS Form 301-02-1 (See Appendix A). 8. Where a priming base is required, it shall be homogenous medium curing liquid asphalt, MC - 30. 9. Material for painting the joints shall be slow setting asphalt emulsion, SS - 1, meeting the requirements as set out in OPS Form 301-02-1, Appendix C.

2.2 Equipment 1. Plant used by the contractor for the preparation of asphalt paving mixtures shall meet the requirements of the OPS Form 310.06.01 to 310.06.02. 2. All equipment required for work described shall be maintained in satisfactory working condition for the duration of the work. 3. Spreading equipment and rollers shall meet the requirements of the OPS Form 310.06.01 to 310.06.02. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02552 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ASPHALT PAVING Page 3

4. The contractor shall have copies of the above-mentioned sub-sections on the site for the duration of the work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection 1. During construction, the density and thickness of each course shall be carefully controlled and shall be in full accordance with the drawings and specifications. The Geotechnical Consultant shall be given 24 hours’ notice of paving operations and shall be in attendance at the site to monitor temperature and thickness of the pavement courses. 2. The average thickness of each course shall at no point vary more than 6 mm from the specified thickness as shown in the plans and details. 3. The density of the completed pavement shall be equal to or greater than 98% S.P.M.D.D. 4. Each course shall be inspected and tested for density and thickness to the approval of the consultant before placing subsequent courses. 5. Asphalt paving shall receive final inspection by the consultant upon completion of all asphalt work. 6. The surface of the finished paving shall be true to grade as shown on drawings and shall be free of irregularities exceeding 3 mm as measured with 3000 mm straight-edge parallel to the centre line of the paving. 7. All defective areas shall immediately be remedied by cutting out the course, as required, and replacing it with fresh, hot mix which shall immediately be compacted to conform to the surrounding paving and shall be thoroughly bonded to it. 8. Any part of the completed paving not meeting the requirements of the drawings and the specifications shall be removed and replaced prior to acceptance and at the contractor's expense.

3.2 Cleaning 1. After completion of asphalt work and prior to final inspection, the contractor shall remove from all concrete walks, curbs, steps, walls and other structures, such contamination by asphaltic or other materials resulting from the work. 3.3 Testing 1. Laboratory test specimens of the paving mixtures shall be prepared and tested in accordance with the current procedures of the Ministry of Transportation. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02552 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ASPHALT PAVING Page 4

2. When required by the consultant, all coarse and fine aggregates and mineral fillers to be used in the paving mixture shall be tested to determine conformance with the requirements of the specifications. 3. The contractor shall notify the consultant when aggregates and fillers are available for sampling and testing in order to determine the composition of the paving mixture(s). 4. Ample time shall be given to allow a period of not less than three (3) weeks for testing and designation of paving mixture prior to commencement of production. 5. The costs of such tests shall be charged as provided for in Section 01020 Allowances. 6. Asphalt cement shall be guaranteed by the supplier to meet the requirements of the specifications at the time of arrival on the site. When required by the consultant the asphalt cement shall be sampled and tested, free of charge, in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM- D140. Cost of sampling and testing shall be paid for by the supplier. 7. Liquid asphalts shall be guaranteed by the supplier to meet the requirements of the specifications at time of arrival on site. 8. Asphalt emulsions shall be guaranteed by the supplier to meet the requirements of the specifications at time of arrival on site. 9. When required by the consultant, asphalt emulsions shall be tested in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM-D244. Test samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM-D140. The costs of samples and testing shall be the responsibility of the supplier.

3.4 Site Preparation 1. All rough grading, filling where required, excavating and preparation of sub-grade under all asphalt paving, shall be described under Section 02210 Earthworks. 2. The final sub-grade under asphalt paving shall have the approval of the consultant prior to placing of granular base course(s). 3. Any underground wiring or other utility trench occurring below a paved area shall be fully compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Density (S.P.M.D.D.). Do not place asphalt and later cut for installation of utilities. Fully inspect and duly accept wire crossings by the electrical contractor. 4. Upon approval of sub-grade, the contractor shall spread the approved specified granular base course materials in accordance with the drawings. 5. Granular materials shall be spread in layers not exceeding four inches (100 mm) in depth, per layer. The contractor shall take care that granular materials do not become contaminated by deleterious materials. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02552 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ASPHALT PAVING Page 5

6. Immediately following spreading, each layer shall be compacted to 98% S.P.M.D.D. Areas adjacent to curbs, catchbasins, manholes and other areas not accessible to rollers, shall be properly compacted with approved mechanical or hand tamping devices. 7. Depth indicated on drawings shall be the minimum depth after proper compaction. 8. All irregularities or depressions resulting from rolling shall be corrected and compacted until the surface is smooth and uniform and true to line and level. 9. Final grade of granular base shall be subject to the approval of the consultant before placing of asphalt. 10. The contractor shall arrange for compaction tests to be carried out by an independent testing firm and submit test results to the consultant prior to placement of asphalt. Have enough work prepared to justify four hours of work by the testing company. 11. The cost for such tests shall be paid for as provided for in the special conditions. Where re-testing is required, because of insufficient compaction, the cost of re-testing shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

3.5 Base Preparation 1. The approved granular base shall be proof rolled and inspected by the consultant. Excavate and re-work all soft areas. 2. Where the new asphalt surfacing is to be applied over existing asphalt, concrete or other hard surfacing, a tack coat shall be applied over the existing surfaces. The contractor is to assess and understand the timing of the works of the contract. Tack coat applications as may be required for the complete paving operations of the contract shall be at the cost of the contractor and are to be a component part of bids for this portion of the works. 3. Tack coat shall be an asphalt emulsion SS-1, or approved equal, applied at the rate of 0.5 litres per square metre. 4. The surfaces of all existing curbs, gutters, walls, vertical faces of existing pavements and all structures in actual contact with new asphalt mixes, shall be painted with a complete, thin coating of asphalt emulsion SS-1, or approved equal, to provide a closely bonded, water-tight joint.

3.6 Joints 1. All joints made during paving operations shall be straight, clean, vertical and free of broken or loose material. Where joints occur between new courses and existing previously laid down courses, the course shall be cut back sufficiently to provide a clean, vertical surface. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02552 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ASPHALT PAVING Page 6

2. Vertical faces of all joints shall be painted with a thin, continuous coating of SS-1 to provide a tight, waterproof bond. 3.7 Placing of Asphalt Mixtures

1. All paving courses shall be spread within twelve (12) hours after the previous course has been spread and compacted. 2. Paving mixture shall not be placed when the temperature surface is less than or steady at 4 degrees Celsius. The base upon which the mixture is to be laid shall be dry and weather conditions suitable. 3. The temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 118° C immediately after spreading and prior to initial rolling. 4. All courses shall be laid and spread by means of approved equipment. For walkways, form long smooth edges. Do not create straight-line chords on curved edges. 5. Immediately after spreading and screening, the surface shall be checked and all irregularities corrected before compaction is started. 6. Where hand spreading is necessary, this shall be done simultaneously with machine spreading or immediately afterwards to ensure a good bond.

3.8 Compaction

1. Each paving course shall be compacted with approved rolling equipment to produce a pavement with a density equal to or greater than 98% of the density of the laboratory compacted mixture. 2. Rolling shall be started as soon as possible after placing the mixture when it will bear the roller without checking or undue displacement. 3. Rolling shall be carried out in three (3) operations in close sequence. Each pass of the roller shall overlap previous passes to ensure a smooth surface free of roller marks. a) The first "breakdown" rolling shall be carried out as close as possible to the paver, using either three-wheeled or two wheeled rollers, depending on the width of paving to be compacted. b) The second rolling with pneumatic-tired rollers, shall follow the first rolling as soon as possible while the paving mix is still warm enough to result in the maximum specified density. c) Final rolling shall be done with two-axle or three-axle tandems while the material is still warm enough for the removal of roller marks. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02552 JULIA MUNRO PARK

ASPHALT PAVING Page 7

4. Hand tamping shall be carried out with hot tampers in all areas not accessible to the rolling equipment. Tamped edges of asphalt paving to be at a 450 angle.

3.9 Scheduling 1. Do not place final course of asphalt until all machinery and the like has permanently left the site. The owner shall receive a fresh surface, not damaged or driven on.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02560 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLEXIPAVE SURFACING Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install colour-coat treatments for basketball courts as described by the construction details and contract drawings. Install in locations indicated by the plans and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Leveling of existing pavement structures to accept colour coat products. .2 Pouring and placement of product to create the patterns and configurations of lines and shades required for competitive play and to the colours selected by the owner. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of existing structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning of the final product, protection of the finished work until curing has occurred and the installation is stable. Reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work

1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Asphalt Paving Section 02552 3. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 4. Painting Section 09900 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02560 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLEXIPAVE SURFACING Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials

1. Plexipave court Patch Binder - shall comply with Specification 10.14 of California Products Corporation. 2. Acrylic Resurfacer - shall comply with Specification 10.8 of California Products Corporation. 3. Plexipave Acrylic Filler Coats - shall conform to Specification 10.5 of California Products Corporation. 4. Plexichrome Acrylic Finish Coat - shall conform to Specification 10.4 of California Products Corporation. 5. Plexicolor Line Paint - shall conform to Specification 10.4 of California Products Corporation. 6. Water - The water used in all mixtures shall be fresh and potable.

2.2 Equivalents:

1. Base bid is to be for the specified product only. 2. Alternative products may be considered post-award at the discretion of the Owner. 3. Product profile and sufficient technical data information is to be submitted to allow for the complete assessment of the suggested equivalent product. 4. Approval of an equivalent product shall be contingent upon approval of the municipality.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Surface Preparation

1. The surface to be coated must be true to grade, sound, smooth and free from dust, dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of any surfacing materials, the entire surface is to be checked for minor depressions or irregularities by flooding with water. Any and all depressions shall be corrected by filling with court Patch Binder according to specifications using the following mix:  45.45 kg. - 60 - 80 mesh silica sand (dry)  11.35 litres Plexipave Court Patch Binder  3.8 - 7.57 litres Portland Cement (dry) (depending on humidity and temperature) TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02560 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLEXIPAVE SURFACING Page 3

2. Tack Coat - Tack coat is to be applied at patch locations only and shall be: 1(one) part Plexipave Court Patch Binder diluted with 2 (two) parts clean water and allowed to thoroughly dry prior to patching.

3. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 3 mm in 3.04 m measured in any direction.

3.2 Surface Court Preparation

1. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment for the Plexipave Acrylic Color Courses, one application of California Acrylic Resurfacer shall be applied to the surface to obtain a coverage of 12.5 - 16.7 sq. m. per 3.8 litres or 0.23 - 0.16 litres per sq. m. No application shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. Dilution with water and sand is required utilizing the following mix:

 Acrylic Resurfacer: 2.08 litres  Water: 76 - 151 litres  Sand (60 - 80 mm mesh): 273 - 409 litres  Liquid Yield: 424 - 522 litres

3.3 Plexipave Color Base and Plexichrome

1. Plexipave Acrylic Filler Coats shall be applied by rubber bladed squeegee on the clean, dry surface in three (3) applications to obtain a total quantity of not less than 0.68 litres nor more than 1.04 litres per sq. m of area, based on the material prior to any dilution. No application shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured.

2. Dilution with Plexichrome and water to obtain proper application consistency will be as follows:  Plexipave Color Base - 114 litres  Plexichrome - 76 litres  Water - 76 litres 3. Colors: Basketball Court: refer to detail (blue and green)

4. The diluted material shall be homogeneous. Segregation before or during application will not be permitted.

5. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02560 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLEXIPAVE SURFACING Page 4

3.4 Playing Lines 1. At a minimum of four hours after completion of the color resurfacing 50 mm wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint ( white).

3.5 Weather Limitations 1. No parts of the construction involving the Plexipave System conducted during rainfall or when rainfall is imminent. The air temperature must be at least 10°C and rising. Do not apply when surface temperature is above 60°C.

3.6 Availability Plexipave System is a product of:

California Products Corporation 169 Waverly Street, P. O. Box 569 Cambridge, Mass. 02139

United States and Canada - 1-800-225-1141

Available at:

Barber Sports Surfaces Ltd. P. O. Box 3091 Unionville, Ontario L3R 6H4 Telephone: (905)-475-1611

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 1

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to install sewers and inlets in the locations and to the details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

.3 The contractor shall comply with all requirements of the Worker's Compensation Board and The Construction Safety Act and all amendments. Such compliance shall not relieve the contractor of full responsibility for the safety of workers and the public.

.4 The Inspector of The Construction Safety Act and the Municipal Safety Inspector of Jurisdiction shall each be notified in writing prior to the commencement of each stage of the work.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Excavations as required to establish sub-grade levels for pipe beddings, bases of inlet structures and invert grades. .2 Installation of specified storm sewer pipes and structures, as described by the plans, details and any shop or working drawings approved for those structures. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning of the final product and affected site areas and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .6 Scheduling, coordination and payment for video inspection of the completed storm-sewer works and the existing local system of sewers to which the works are tributary. Submission of the video inspection report for review and approval by the Town of Georgina. .7 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 2

1.3 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Manhole and Catch-basin Section 02630 3. Subdrain Section 02640

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 General 1. All material shall meet the specifications of the contract and comply with OPS and OPSD.

2. All materials shall be furnished by the contractor and shall be delivered and distributed at the site by the contractor.

3. All materials shall be handled at all times with care and diligence so as not to inflict damage to the material, which may adversely affect its performance.

4. Any damaged materials must be replaced or repaired by the contractor at his expense as ordered by the consultant.

2.2 Barricades 1. During the performance of the work, it shall be the contractor's responsibility to protect the public and interfere as little as possible with traffic, by the use of all necessary signs, barricades, temporary cross- walks, watchmen, flags and lanterns, to the satisfaction of the consultant and in accordance with all ordinance and regulations of the municipality.

2.3 Sewer Pipe 1. Unless otherwise specifically designated on the contact drawings, sewer pipe shall be P.V.C. pipe as specified below.

2.4 Gaskets and Pipe Joints 1. The contractor shall make adequate arrangements for the storage of pipes on the site prior to use, in order to prevent damage to pipe and gaskets.

2. All pipe joints made under this contract shall be watertight. In the event that leakages occur, the contractor shall take remedial measures required to ensure water tightness. If leakages are not removed after such measures, the contractor shall, at the consultant's discretion, be required to place the length, or lengths of pipe concerned without claim for additional compensation. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 3

2.5 Pipe Bedding - Catch Basin Leads and Sewer Connections 1. The minimum pipe bedding for catch basin leads be as detailed and provided by hand shaping the trench bottom to be free of lumps or hollows and at the correct grade. Any irregularities in the trench bottom must be either levelled off or filled with tamped soil. When the pipe is assembled with couplings or bell joints, these holes shall be of sufficient depth to prevent supporting of pipe on the coupling or bells. If ground conditions are such that more substantial bedding is required, the bedding shall be as required by the consultant. Pricing for additional bedding material shall be as agreed by quotation and approved by the consultant utilizing current rates for the delivery of such materials.

2.6 Catch Basins 1. Catch basin frame and covers shall conform to ASTM A48 (Class 30) with the grating style as per OPS and municipal standards as detailed. 2. Precast catch basins adjuster rings shall conform to ASTM C478. 3. All catch basins shall be supplied in accordance with Municipal standards.

2.7 Bedding Aggregates 1. General a) The contractor shall advise the consultant of the supplier(s) of the bedding aggregates prior to commencement of construction so that adequate samples can be obtained for grain size distribution testing. 2. Granular Materials a) All granular materials shall conform to the requirements of OPS Form 1010. 3. Limestone Materials a) 200mm crusher run limestone shall conform to the following grain size distributions specification. Sieve Size Percent Passing 63mm 59mm 33mm 25mm 100 16mm 75-95 # 4 35-55 #16 15-35 #50 7-20 #200 3-10

4. All storm sewer bedding shall be Type "3" as per municipal standard. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 4

2.8 Backfill 1. Unless otherwise specified native material can be used for backfilling excavations and trenches up to the specified sub-grade provided the native material is deemed acceptable by the consultant. 2. Backfill material shall be free of topsoil, organic material and other debris. 3. Stones and boulders exceeding 300mm shall not be permitted as backfill. No stones exceeding 50mm shall be permitted within 300mm of a pipe structure. 4. Backfilling the trenches with fragmented rock material will only be permitted if authorized by the consultant. 5. No frozen material shall be utilized as backfill material unless authorized by the consultant.

2.9 Concrete 1. Concrete shall conform to OPS Form 904 except modified as follows: a) Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 25MPa @ 28 days. b) All concrete shall have a maximum slump of 75mm. c) A 5% air-entraining admixture shall be employed in all exterior concrete exposed to freezing and thawing. d) Reinforcing steel shall conform to CSA G30.12 and G30.13 and shall be Grade 60 minimum.

2.10 Catch basin Inlet Control Devices (ICD) 1. Catch basin inlet control devices, when required, are to be Scepter Type "B" (1.0cfs) framed ICDs or approved equal.

2.11 Catch basin elevations 1. Where approved in writing by the consultant, pre-cast concrete adjustment units, conforming to OPS Specification Form 1351 (or latest revision) may be used to raise manholes and catch basins to the proper elevation. 2. The top of the catch basin concrete shall be set at the elevation of the sub-grade (if applicable). Unless otherwise specified, pre-cast adjusting rings shall be utilized in adjusting the catch basin frame and grate to the desired interim of final elevation. 3. Installation of concrete adjustment units shall conform to the manufacturer's installation procedure. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 5

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Existing Underground Structures 1. The contractor shall assume full responsibility for obtaining complete information as to the location of existing water and gas mains, house service connections, electric and telephone cables, sewers, and other underground services.

2. Where information is supplied on the plans with respect to the location of existing utilities, such information shall be deemed for the contractor's guidance only. Should the information be found incomplete or inaccurate, the contractor shall have no claim on that account.

3. The contractor shall determine by excavation in advance of sewer or water main construction, the location of all utilities which may cross or be in the line of the work, or which may be affected by his operations.

4. The contractor shall be fully responsible for the support and protection of all utility lines encountered, whether privately or publicly owned.

5. If it is necessary to interfere in any way with utility lines, the contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any required permissions, issuing warnings of interruptions, and providing temporary alternatives prior to any interruption or disturbance of existing services.

Any damage, where accidental or intentional, or temporary removal, shifting or replacement of existing services or structures shall be made good by the contractor without cost to the owner to the direction and complete satisfaction of the consultant and to the utility owner. The utility owner may at his option undertake any such work, in which case his cost shall be paid by the contractor without compensation from the own.

6. The contractor shall advise all owners in the area of the proposed scheduling of the work, and shall arrange for the required protection of the utilities. No claim will be considered for additional compensation the contractor due to delays to the work caused by temporary or permanent relocation of existing utilities.

3.2 Connections with Existing Work 1. The contractor shall construct all connections to join the work of this contact to existing services. Unless otherwise provided in the Schedule of Unit Prices, no additional payment shall be made for connections. In the case of existing manholes, the connection shall be deemed to include all manhole reconstruction and re-benching. All salvage material shall become the property of the owner. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 6

2. When a connection is to be made, the contractor shall expose the end of the existing service for inspection by the consultant. No claim by the contractor shall be allowed for any delays due to changes in design, which may be required due to the revealed conditions.

3.3 Protection 1. The contractor shall, at his own cost and expense and in a manner approved by the consultant during the progress of the work, sustain in their places and protect from injury any and all sidewalks, ditches, roadways, curbs and all other structures or property in the vicinity of the work, whether over or underground, or which appear within the limits of the work, and he shall assume all costs and expenses for damage which may be occasioned by injury to any of them. 2. The contractor shall at all times have a sufficient quantity of materials and equipment on the site and shall use same as required for sheathing, bracing, sheet piling the sides and ends of excavations and for sustains or supporting or protecting any and all structures that are endangered. If any damage should occur to any utility or structure during the course of the work or due to the work, the contractor shall be fully responsible therefore and shall relieve the owner fully of all responsibility in the matter. 3.4 Excavation and Surplus Material 1. All excavation shall be in open cut and shall comply with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act.

2. Should existing utilities be encountered during excavation, these utilities shall be adequately protected and/or supported by the contractor to the satisfaction of the consultant and/or the utility company having jurisdiction over the utility.

3. Rock excavation shall be defined as material which cannot be reasonably removed with a conventional trenching backhoe out-fitted with either a "v" bucket or 'tiger teeth". Blasting shall not be permitted without written authorization from the consultant.

4. If soft unstable materials be encountered at or below the grade lines of the sewer, such materials shall be removed to such depth as directed by the consultant, the bottom of the trench filled as required with fill material as directed by the consultant. The fill material shall be paid for at the unit price bid supply, spreading and compacting of the materials, and the excavation and disposal of the displaced material, measurement for payment shall be based on trench widths.

5. Excavations shall be backfilled as soon as the concrete in the structure placed therein has acquired a sufficient degree of hardness. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 7

3.5 Trenching 1. The trenches shall be excavated to the alignment and depth specified on the contract drawings.

2. Should, in the opinion of the consultant, unsuitable sub-grade materials be encountered at the bottom of the trench, the consultant shall direct the contractor to further excavate the unsuitable material and back fill with approved material.

3. The trench width and sewer bedding shall be constructed in accordance with the specification and/or as indicated on the contract drawings. Should the contractor erroneously over-excavate the trench width, the consultant may direct the contractor to construct a higher class of bedding or install a stronger class of pipe. or both, at no additional expense to the owner.

4. Sheeting or shoring or trench box construction shall be carried out in accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act. The contractor shall submit drawings to the consultant for review prior to commencement of the sheeting or shoring. Removal of sheeting or shoring of the travel of the trench box shall be carried out such that disturbance of the pipe or bedding material does not occur. Sheeting ordered by the consultant to be left in place shall be cut off at least 1 metre below finished grade.

5. The sewer trenches shall only be excavated a maximum of 30m in advance of the complete pipe-laying unless authorized by the consultant. The portion of the trench that is left open at the end of a workday shall be safely secured with the erection of snow fencing as directed by the consultant.

6. All trenches shall be kept free and clear of water to the extent that any portion of the pipe shall not be laid in water. Disposal of the water shall be such that no risk to public health or damage to private or public property is experienced. If directed by the consultant, the contractor shall construct sedimentation ponds to facilitate the removal of sand and silts form the trench water being disposed of.

3.6 Backfilling 1. Backfilling of sewer trenches shall follow jointing of pipe without delay and all jointed pipe must be backfilled by the end of each day’s operations. The trench shall be backfilled longitudinally with approved material to a height of at least 0.60m above the top of the sewer.

2. Backfill material shall be placed in 300mm lifts in manner so as not to damage the pipe structures. These lifts shall be individually compacted TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 8

to 95% Standard Proctor density. Backfilling will not be by bulldozing or dumping of the side of the trench. 3. Unless otherwise specified, catch basins shall be backfilled with Granular "C". 4. No main line sewer "stubs" shall be backfilled until as-built elevations and locations have been taken. 5. Any settlement that occurs after backfilling shall be repaired without compensation.

3.7 Catch Basins 1. Catch basin and leads shall be installed at the locations shown on the contract drawings. 2. Catch basin leads shall be cut flush with the inside face of the catch basin wall and be grouted into the catch basin wall. 3. Catch basin leads shall be bedded to undisturbed ground with concrete.

3.8 Maintenance 1. The contractor shall be responsible for the complete dewatering and drainage of all working areas and all trenches to the satisfaction of the consultant in order to enable all excavation, structure construction and ground surface finishing to proceed in dry condition without additional cost unless expressly provided for the Schedule of Unit Prices.

2. During the course of each stage of the contract work, and during any time interval between the stages, however caused, the contractor shall be responsible for protection, maintenance repair and rectification of all constructed surfaces; whether earth, seeded, sodded, gabion, rip-rap, concrete or paved, and all structures from all damage, which may occur to, said surfaces or structures as the result of stream flow, rainstorm weather conditions or other natural conditions.

3. The foregoing shall specifically include, without limiting in any respect, erosion damage and sod slippage.

4. During the progress of the work and until the completion and final acceptance thereof, the sewer and connections shall be kept clean and free of water. If, in the final inspection of the sewer, an obstruction or deposit is discovered therein, it shall be removed at the expense of the contractor.

3.9 Pipe Laying

1. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully lowered into the trench with proper appliances. Before lowering and while suspended, the pipe shall be TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 9

inspected for defect and rung with a light hammer to detect cracks. Any defective pipe shall be removed form the site of the work.

2. All pipe sewers, outfall and drains shall be laid to the lines and grades as shown on the drawings, or as designate by the consultant. The ends of the pipe shall abut against each other in such a manner that there shall be no shoulder or unevenness along the inside of the sewer.

3. No pipe, except for catch basin leads and house connections when permitted by the consultant, shall be laid unless there are at least three sight rails in position, and each pipe section is individually sighted in.

4. All pipe sewer with a grade of less than 0.50% shall be laid to the lines and grades shown on the contract drawings with the use of a laser instrument.

5. At all times when laser equipment is in use the contractor shall provide on site a competent laser operator. Laser equipment and operator shall be supplied at the expense of the contractor.

6. Concrete pipe shall be laid and bedded as specified on the plans and profiles. All joints shall be rubber gasket type unless otherwise stated. Where required, the pipe shall be jacked into its proper position by means of a puller mechanism. The mechanism anchor shall be at least three pipe lengths distant form the joint being made.

7. Rubber gaskets for concrete pipe shall be manufactured and used in conformance with CSA Standard A.257.3 (latest revision) and any additional requirements specified or necessary to meet the specification for infiltration limits.

8. During the construction of sewers, the contractor shall install a watertight bulkhead at the extreme lower end or his line in order that not water may flow into the existing system. Periodic checks shall be made by the contractor during the construction to insure that this bulkhead is in place and has not become damaged. On storm sewer, the contractor shall install a 'half-moon" type of stopper which shall periodically be cleaned out. When the system is complete all bulkheads shall be removed.

3.10 Inspection

1. Notification shall be given to the municipality and to the consultant by the contractor whenever any item or any part on an item of work under the contract is to be commenced.

2. Inspectors representing the municipality and/or the consultant may be present during the work of the contract and such inspectors shall have the power to order the contractor to stop work if the work, in their opinion, TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02600 JULIA MUNRO PARK

STORM SEWER Page 10

is not being done in accordance with these specifications, or in suitable weather conditions. The inspector will advise the consultant accordingly. The consultant shall resolve the matter to his satisfaction.

3. The consultant shall have the authority to instruct the contractor to carry out any part of the work of the contract only when an inspector is in attendance.

4. The material used to fill up to 0.60m above the top of the pipe shall be dumped or thrown in upon a section already filled in excess of 0.6m above the tip of the pipe and from that point moved ahead over the work being filled by shovelling in the case of small trenches and by small front end loader where trench size permits. The remainder of the trench shall then be filled similarly to grade in 300mm layers, each layer being thoroughly compacted by tamping or the use of mechanical rammers or other equipment or approved type.

5. All compaction will be carried out to the satisfaction of the consultant as determined by visual examination and/or test results, but the contractor shall nevertheless be responsible for ensuring that the foregoing specified procedures are carried out as a minimum at all times.

6. The contractor will remove all surplus or unsuitable excavated material form the site of the work and shall load, haul or place all this surplus whenever direct by the consultant without additional cost to the owner, except as otherwise provided above.

7. The contractor shall arrange for; and pay the costs associated with; a video inspection of all completed sewer works and the existing local system of sewers to which the works are tributary. Submission of the video inspection report for review and approval by the Town of Georgina. END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02630 JULIA MUNRO PARK

MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to install inlet structures and inspection chambers in the locations and details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter. .2 Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work. .3 The contractor shall comply with all requirements of the Workmen's Compensation Board and The Construction Safety Act and all amendments. Such compliance shall not relieve the contractor of full responsibility for the safety of workmen and the public. .4 The Inspector of The Construction Safety Act and the Municipal Safety Inspector of Jurisdiction shall each be notified in writing prior to the commencement of each stage of the work.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Excavations as required to establish sub-grade levels for bases of inlet structures and invert grades. .2 The work covered by this specification shall consist of the supply of all labour, material, consumables and equipment necessary for the installation of fittings, manholes, frame and covers, safety grates, catch basins and any other appurtenances necessary for the complete construction, testing and flushing of the sewer systems as specified in the specifications and/or on the Contract drawings. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning of the final product and affected site areas and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work

1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Storm Sewers Section 02600 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02630 JULIA MUNRO PARK

MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 General 1. All materials shall meet the specifications of the contract. 2. All materials shall be furnished by the contractor and shall be delivered and distributed at the site by the contractor. 3. All materials shall be handled at all times with care and diligence so as not to inflict damage to the material which may adversely affect its performance. 4. Any damaged materials must be replaced or repaired by the contractor at his expense as ordered by the consultant.

2.2 Manholes 1. Precast manholes shall conform to OPSD 701.010 with rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C443. 2. The manhole frame and covers shall be gray cast iron conforming to OPSD 401.010 with the cover pattern as specified. 3. The manhole ladder rungs and safety grates shall be aluminum Type 6061 T4 alloy conforming to OPSD 405.010 and CSA HA5. 4. Pre-cast manhole adjuster rings shall conform to ASTM C478.

2.3 Catch Basins 1. Catch basins frame and covers shall conform to OPSD 705.010 with the grating style as per Town of Georgina standards and OPSD 400.020 as detailed. 2. Precast catch basin adjuster rings shall conform to ASTM C478.

2.4 Bedding 1. Granular C to OPS Form 1010.

2.5 Concrete 1. Concrete shall conform to OPS Form 904 except modified as follows: a) Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 25 MPa @ 28 days. b) All concrete shall have a maximum slump of 75 mm. c) A 5% air-entraining admixture shall be employed in all exterior concrete exposed to freezing and thawing. d) Reinforcing steel shall conform to CSA G30.12 and G30.13 and shall be Grade 60 minimum. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02630 JULIA MUNRO PARK

MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN Page 3

2.6 Catch Basin Inlet Control Devices (ICD) 1. Catchbasin inlet control devices are to be Scepter Type "B" (1.0 cfs) framed ICDs or an approved equal.

2.7 Riser Components

1. When required to adjust existing inlet structures, catch basin and manhole riser components shall be in conformance with the applicable OPS standard for the size of component required for the work. 2. Riser components shall be of the needed dimension and height. Multiple riser sections on an individual structure shall only be installed with the permission of the consultant.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Excavation 1. Excavation and trenching shall be in accordance with Section 02210.

3.2 Manholes 1. Manholes shall be installed at the locations shown on contract drawings. 2. Manholes shall be equipped with safety gratings as specified on contract drawings. 3. Drop connections shall be constructed in locations as indicated on the contract drawings. 4. Each pipe entering a manhole shall be cut flush to the inside face of the manhole wall and be grouted into the manhole wall. 5. Each pipe entering a manhole shall have a pipe joint within one metre of the outside wall of the manhole. 6. Manhole benching is to be a minimum of 230 mm wide. Manhole chamber openings are to be located on the upstream side of the manhole. 7. Manhole frames and grates not located in an asphalt area shall be set 0.1 m above finished grade.

3.3 Catch Basins 1. Catch basins and leads shall be installed at the locations shown on the contract drawings and in accordance with municipal standards. 2. Catch basin leads shall be cut flush with the inside face of the catch basin wall and be grouted into the catch basin wall. 3. Catch basin leads shall be bedded to undisturbed ground with concrete. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02630 JULIA MUNRO PARK

MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN Page 4

4. The top of the catch basin concrete shall be set at the elevation of the sub-grade (if applicable). Unless otherwise specified, pre-cast adjusting rings shall be utilized in adjusting the catch basin frame and grate to the desired interim of final elevation, to a maximum of three (3).

3.4 Catch Basin Inlet Control Devices (ICD) 1. Catch basin in-let control devices, when required, are to be installed in the catch basins shown on the contract drawings and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02640 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SUB DRAIN Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to install sub-drains at paved areas and at the play structure specified for the park. Install sub-drains at the locations and details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Excavations as required to establish drainage trenches at the necessary inverts to successfully drain the areas described by the plans.

.2 The placement of bedding materials and installation, joining and connections of sub-drain piping.

.3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site.

.4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein.

.5 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator.

.6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work 1. Section 02210 Earthworks 2. Section 02216 Armourstone 3. Section 02630 Manholes and Catchbasins 4. Section 02552 Asphalt Paving TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02640 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SUB DRAIN Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Pipe 1. Pipe to be perforated polyvinyl chloride, CSA approved. Solid drainage pipe shall be SDR 35 to dimensions as detailed on plans.

2.2 Filter 1. Filter sock, where required, to be continuous knitted polyester.

2.3 Backfill 1. Backfill material to be 19 mm clear crushed limestone for general trench drainage.

2. Backfill material to be as detailed in Section 02210 Earthworks.

2.4 Miscellaneous 1. All couplings, tee, end caps, reducers, elbows, etc. to be PVC, securely fastened.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Inspection 1. Obtain the consultants approval prior to backfilling trenches.

3.2 Excavation 1. All areas for drainage shall be excavated to the specified depths as shown on drawings and details.

2. Excavate trenches in straight lines and, if deviations from the plans occur, make as-built drawings.

3. De-water trenches if required during rain periods.

3.3 Backfilling 1. Backfill with materials as indicated on the drawings, to 90% Standard Proctor Density (S.P.D.) around the pipe.

2. Backfill in 225 mm lifts and consolidate each layer of fill.

3. Fill materials above the drainage pipe shall be mechanically compacted, up to the finished grade, to 95% S.P.D. Be responsible for TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02640 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SUB DRAIN Page 3

making good any subsequent settlement of fill and/or work placed on top of it.

3.4 Installation 1. Place pipe with holes facing downward.

2. At all ends, install insert end caps.

3. Ensure a minimum continuous fall of 1.0%, (or other grades, as may be listed on the drawings), is achieved.

4. Fully grout and patch at point of connections to any catch basin and/or manhole.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02650 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CULVERT Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to install culverts and associated base materials and structures at locations indicated by the plans and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Shaping of subgrade and protection of sub-drains within the workzone. .2 The placement of corrugated steel culvert pipe to the dimensions and invert elevations specified. .3 The preservation of grades within swales and the maintenance of overland drainage flow direction. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess cut materials or waste from the site. .5 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .7 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Works 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Subdrain Section 02640

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Backfill Material 1. All backfill material shall be clean, granular material as detailed in compliance with OPS 1010. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02650 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CULVERT Page 2

2.2 Culverts 1. Pipe shall be an elliptical corrugated steel pipe with 68 mm pitch x 13mm depth. Pipe shall be galvanized with heavy 2610 zinc coating on both sides. Conform to latest standard of CSP Specification 501. Conform to CSA Standard CAN3-G401-M81.

2. Pipes are to be single piece lengths. Joints in pipe length will require shop drawing approval.

3. Wall thickness will be 1.6 mm.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Existing Underground Structures

1. The contractor shall assume full responsibility for obtaining complete information as to the location of existing water and gas mains, house service connections, electric and telephone cables, sewers and other underground services.

4. The contractor shall be fully responsible for the support and protection of all utility lines encountered, whether privately of publicly owned.

3.2 Protection

1. The contractor shall protect from injury any and all sidewalks, ditches, roadways, curbs and all other structures or property in the vicinity of the work, whether over or under ground or which appear within the limits of the work, and he shall assume all costs and expenses for damage which may be occasioned by injury to any of them.

2. The contractor shall at all times have sufficient quantity of materials and equipment on the site and shall use same as required for bracing the sides and ends of excavations and for sustaining or supporting or protecting any and all structures that are endangered. If any damage should occur to any utility or structure during the course of the work or due to the work, the contractor shall be fully responsible therefore and shall relieve the owner fully of all responsibility. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02650 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CULVERT Page 3

3.3 Excavation 1. If soft unstable materials are encountered at or below the grade lines of the culvert, such materials shall be removed to such depths as directed by the consultant and the bottom of the trench filled as required with fill material. The fill material shall be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic metre of the class of material ordered by the consultant, which unit price shall include the supply, spreading and compaction of the materials, and the excavation and disposal of the displaced material, measurement for payment shall be based on trench widths.

3.4 Backfilling 1. Backfilling of trenches shall follow jointing of pipe without delay and all jointed pipe must be back filled by the end of each day's operations. The trench shall be backfilled longitudinally with approved material to a height of at least 0.60m above the top of the culvert in 150mm layers, in such a manner as not to disturb the structure, and solidly rammed down and tamped around the culvert with proper tools made for this purpose. Backfilling will not be by bulldozing over the side of the trench.

2. All compaction will be carried out to the satisfaction of the consultant as determined by visual examination and/or test results, but the contractor shall nevertheless be responsible for ensuring that the foregoing specified procedures be carried out at a minimum at all times.

3. The contractor will remove all surplus or unsuitable excavate material from the site of the work.

3.5 Pipe Laying 1. All pipes shall be laid to the lines and grades as shown on the drawings. The ends of the pipe shall abut against each other in such a manner that there shall be no shoulder or unevenness along the inside of the culvert.

2. All pipe culverts with a grade of less than 0.60% shall be laid to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with the use of a laser instrument.

3. At all times when laser equipment is in use, the contractor shall provide a competent laser operator. Laser equipment and operator shall be supplied at the expense of the contractor.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02863 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLAY STRUCTURES Page 1

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install prefabricated playground and waterplay structures as described by the construction details and shop drawings. Install in locations indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Assembly, layout and installation of playground equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions; and as illustrated on plans and in compliance with C.S.A. Standards and Guidelines. .2 Assembly, layout and installation of water-play equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions; and as illustrated on the plans including the full scope of mechanical and electrical works to create a functioning, programmable water-play system. .3 Concrete footings and other supporting structures as may be required to install play features. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .5 Protection of existing structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 Cleaning of the final product and inspection and third-party inspection to demonstrate C.S.A. Compliance. .7 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification. 1.3 Related Work

1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Sub-drains Section 02640 3. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 4. Plumbing Works and Spray Pad Components Section 15490 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02863 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLAY STRUCTURES Page 2

1.4 Base Bid

1. Specified tender allowance for supply and installation of all playground equipment, fitness equipment and water-play features and controls is to be based upon model specification as determined by the Town of Georgina prior to release of this tender and not unauthorized alternatives.

2. The Contractor by submitting his bid acknowledges that he has reviewed and accepted the details of the proposed play and water-play equipment and the terms of the independent proposal received by the Town of Georgina. The contractor will review and accept the terms of payment for these items as proposed by the supplier installer and will honour such terms on behalf of the Town of Georgina as an integral part of this contract.

3. The contractor shall be responsible for all coordination and delivery of equipment and for coordinating play equipment and water-play installation with other trades and work on site.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 Resilient Surfacing

1. Where listed on plans and at the option of the town of Georgina, resilient surfaces may be supplied and installed by the Playground Supplier/Installer in accordance with the proposals received by the Town.

2. Surfacing is to be approved engineered wood fibre playground mulch to the compacted depths indicated by plans. Mulch to be Fibar System or approved equal as supplied and installed as a part of the proposal.

3. Install Fibar Mats or Woodcarpet Mats, or approved equal at all belt swing locations as supplied and installed as a part of the proposal. Additionally, install the mats at bases of slides (2 each location). Secure mats to sub- grade with pins.

2.2 Equipment

1. Playground equipment to be as pre-determined by the Town. The supplier will provide details and shop drawings for the features prior to mobilization for the contract. Refer to contract drawings for general placement of the structures and shop drawings for exact listing and location of equipment. The Contractor will be responsible for the installation, administration and payment for the equipment as a part of this contract through the prescribed allowance. The Contractor will be responsible to determine terms of supply and payment with the selected supplier/installer in accordance with the proposal received. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02863 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLAY STRUCTURES Page 3

2. Water-play equipment and controls to be as determined by the Town. The Allowance includes the needed mechanical and electrical work to install the water-play features and controller. The Contractor will be responsible for the installation, administration and payment for the equipment as a part of this contract through the prescribed allowance. The Contractor will be responsible to determine terms of supply and payment with the selected supplier/installer. Refer to contract drawings for general location and shop drawings for the exact list and location of features, mechanical equipment and controllers.

3. The contractor is responsible for the production of all necessary mechanical and plumbing shop drawings for the approved installation of the water-play features and controls.

4. The contractor shall coordinate the associated mechanical and electrical works made necessary by the installations.

5. The contractor shall be responsible to acquire and pay for any permits made necessary by the work of this section.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 Installation of Playground

1. Place drainage pipe in accordance with plans and connect to specified catch basins. Connection methods must meet local municipal standards. 2. Stake out playground and obtain review by consultant. 3. Coordinate with playground installers the location of the apparatus. Dispose of footing excavations. 4. Place and make level Play Area Mulch to minimum depth as detailed. 5. All structures to be set plumb and true to line unless detailed otherwise. 6. All main load-bearing posts shall be set in 350 mm x 1200 mm poured concrete foundations 7. Do not install swing chains or remove protective fencing and barriers until substantial completion.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02870 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SITE FURNITURE Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install pre-fabricated site furniture and anchoring systems in the locations indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter. .2 Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Excavation as required to establish grades for slab foundations. .2 Formwork and poured concrete works to create concrete slab bases at the locations indicated by the plans and the detail drawings. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of existing, structures, surfaces and servicing; and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning of the final product and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.2 Related Work

1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Sodding Section 02487 3. Asphalt Paving Section 02552 4. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300

1.3 Shop Drawings

1. Submit detailed shop drawings. Indicate sizes, materials and fastening methods. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02870 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SITE FURNITURE Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1. Provide and install the following products: a) Bench: “Maglin Furniture Systems” - Backed bench Model #MLB510 - M. - steel frame powder coated paint – - colour – gunmetal - Backless bench Model #MLB510-B-M - Steel frame powder coated paint – - Colour - gunmetal - surface mount onto concrete pads as detailed.

b) Trash Receptacle: “Maglin Furniture Systems” - Litter Unit: Model #MRC200-32-DL32 (32 gallon c/w dome lid). - colour – gunmetal, powder coat - Recycling Stations: Model #MRC-200-32- BC - colour – blue, powder-coat. - surface mount onto concrete pads with tamper-proof anchor bolts as detailed.

c) Cluster Seating: “Maglin Site Furniture” - Model #MLPT210-S-RG-WCA - Colour – HDPE Woodgrain grey and black, powder coat - surface mount onto concrete pads with tamper-proof anchor bolts as detailed.

d) Bicycle Rack: “Maglin Furniture Systems” - Model #MBR400-7-S. - colour – gunmental, powder-coat. - surface mount onto concrete pads with tamper-proof anchor bolts as detailed.

e) Basketball Backboard, Goal and Gooseneck Post: “ABC Recreation” - Model numbers as noted on the drawings

f) Exercise equipment: “OpenSpace Solutions” - As per quotation # 20-01329 - All posts to be “Orange” colour in lieu of grey in the quote. - Installation by supplier TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02870 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SITE FURNITURE Page 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation 1. Install all products in locations shown in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions. 2. Ensure grades below furniture are level. END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02900 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SHADE STRUCTURE Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install shade structures as described by the shop drawings. Install in locations indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter. .2 Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Erecting metal support frame as described by the shop drawings. Cutting, bending, shaping and welding as required to fashion the metalwork products for the Shade Structure installation. .2 Concrete footings and other supporting structures as may be required to install pavilions. Core drilling and modification to site surfaces and works to accept the fabricated structure. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of existing structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning of the final product, finish painting of field welds and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administration. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work 1. Section 02310 Cast in Place Concrete 2. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 3. Section 09900 Painting

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials

1. The shade structure shall be a steel-framed and metal-roofed building as illustrated by the drawings and shall meet the design detailing requirements as shown in the plans sketches and details. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02900 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SHADE STRUCTURE Page 2

2. Base bid for shade structure shall be in accordance with the general model design as shown in the drawings and fully detailed through shop drawing production. 3. The shade structure shall conform to the parameters described on the structural engineer’s shop drawing review and shall meet all needed snow-load requirements for the Georgina area and any and all aspects of the Ontario Building Code applicable to the structure.

2.2 Frame 1. Design Criteria Structure shall be designed as space frame using three dimensional structural analysis to determine member loads and forces. All steel members shall be designed in strict accordance with the requirements and specifications of the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) or the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) for cold formed members as applicable. 2. Welding All shop welding shall be performed by certified welders. All welding shall be performed in strict accordance with the American Welding Society (AWS) Structural Welding code - Steel, AWS D1.1. No field welding shall be required. 3. Structure Anchorage Structures shall be mounted to foundations in accordance with manufacturer’s supplied template and leveling system. With consultant approval the structure may be mounted over a single internal anchor bolt per column, with access to the anchor bolt provided through a hole in the column covered by a plate installed with tamper resistant screws. 4. Tube Sections and Concealed Fasteners All structural framing shall be steel tubes or structural steel sections, with bolt connections concealed within the tubing wherever possible. 5. Finishes Standard steel frames shall be prime painted with a rust inhibitive modified alkyd primer according to the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC-SO2) as outlined in AISC 6.5. Two coats of finish paint shall be field applied. 6. Foundation Foundations shall be reinforced concrete sono-tube formed footings with custom finish above grade as detailed by the plans and to elevations and dimensions illustrated on shop drawings, plans and details. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02900 JULIA MUNRO PARK

SHADE STRUCTURE Page 3

7. Shop Drawings complete with Engineer’s approval suitable for Building Permit approvals are required for all building components and foundations. Drawings are to be certified by professional structural engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Building Erection

1. Erection of the structure shall be done with a competent supervisor in the construction trades and according to the installation instructions of the manufacturer, good construction practices and in conformance with the Ontario Building code.

2. Coordination of all inspections related to building permit, as may be required, are the responsibility of the contractor.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02922 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TERRASEEDING (Provisional) Compost with Seed Injection Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and services required to provide the necessary turf-grass, wetland, meadow grass and wildflower seeding to the extent and locations indicated by the plans and as specified hereinafter. This work shall consist of applying compost to disturbed soils and future landscape areas on flat or sloped surfaces to reduce erosion for long term stabilization and to enhance riparian buffer areas. .2 Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Shaping of subgrade and protection of sub-drains within the workzone. .2 The import and placement of compost/topsoil/seed mixture to create an acceptable root-zone to the depths specified. .3 The preservation of grades within swales and the maintenance of overland drainage flow direction. .4 Removal and legal disposal of any excess cut materials or waste from the site. .5 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .6 Cleaning and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .7 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Sodding Section 02487 3. Planting Section 02490

2.0 Materials 1. Compost material for immediate seeding, planting or erosion control, shall be well decomposed, stable, weed-free and conforming to the following: a) pH – 5.5 to 8.0 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02922 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TERRASEEDING (Provisional) Compost with Seed Injection Page 2

b) Particle size – Acceptable size is based on project objectives. A varied particle size with maximum of 3 inches length is to be used unless directed otherwise. Overly coarse composts are not to be used and will be rejected. Compost shall contain particles with a range of sizes to produce a more consistent and stable mat for growth. c) Compost material shall be derived from a well-decomposed organic matter source and shall be produced by the aerobic (biological) decomposition of organic matter. The organic matter may include, but is not limited to, a wide variety of organic sources such as well- decomposed vegetative matter, leaves and yard trimmings, composted manures, paper fibre, wood, bark or combinations of these products. The compost shall be free of any refuse (<1% by dry weight), contaminants or any material toxic to plant growth. All compost material supplied shall be processed to meet the US Composting Council’s Seal of Testing Assurance Program, or Canadian equivalent, for control of noxious weeds, pathogen and vector attraction, and disclosure of heavy metals, nutrient levels and maturity level of compost. All lab analysis to follow testing procedures of US composting Council’s TMECC manual. (information is available on-line at: www.compostingcouncil.org) d) Soluble salt concentration – may vary but must be reported. e) Moisture content of 35% - 60% f) A sample shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect for approval prior to being used and must comply with local, Provincial or Federal regulations as applicable.

3.0 Seed Mix

1. Seed Mix: As a base bid the seed mix shall be as listed on plans. Seeding rate to be a minimum of 2.5 kg/100m². Contractor is to submit manufacturer seed mixture lists and supplier information to the Town and Landscape Architect for approval.

4.0 Construction

1. Scarify slopes and remove large clods, rocks, stumps, large roots and debris on slopes where vegetation is to be established. Leave the slope roughly graded or track the slope using appropriate equipment. This step may be eliminated where deemed impractical or unnecessary by the Landscape Architect.

2. Request soil testing of area to be treated. Apply fertilizer at rates and quantities specified by the soils test. Apply fertilizers in accordance with plant tolerances and any specific manufacturer’s recommendations for the seed mix to be applied. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02922 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TERRASEEDING (Provisional) Compost with Seed Injection Page 3

3. Compost shall be uniformly applied at a rate of approximately 20,000 kilogram per hectare using an Express Blower or other approved equipment. Using pneumatic blower, project compost directly at soil surface, establish good soil contact and prevent water from moving between the soil-compost interfaces. Apply compost approximately three feet beyond the top of the slope or overlap it into existing vegetation.

4. On highly unstable soils use compost in conjunction with appropriate structural measures and admixtures.

5. Apply seed using the Express Blower Supplemental (seed) Injection System or other approved equal. All seeding systems must include an accurate mechanized calibration system that insures proper integration rates of seed or seed/ fertilizer mix throughout compost profile (Terraseeding). Provide supplemental watering of the surface prior to application and after establishment of the sward if on site irrigation is not available. Reseed all areas that exhibit unsatisfactory growth. Backfill and re-seed eroded areas.

5.0 Equipment

1. Pneumatic blower – The pneumatic blower shall be an approved unit capable of uniformly applying soil mix, mulch, wood chips, etc. up to three or four inch minus in length, up to ½ inch in width and thickness and 60% moisture or less. The unit must also provide an application hose of 300 feet in length or greater to allow for maximum accessibility.

6.0 Method of Measurement

1. Compost shall be measured by the cubic yard or cubic meter at the point of loading. Estimation of the volumes to be required is the responsibility of the contractor based upon the areas (M²) to be treated and the thickness needed for each variety of seed mix that form a part of the work.

7.0 Erosion and Dust Controls

1. Denuded areas are to be covered as soon as possible with compost and temporary or permanent vegetation and shall be established by the general contractor when deemed necessary. The method selected shall be to the approval of the project Engineer/Landscape Architect.

2. The work specified in the Section shall consist of designing, providing, and maintaining erosion controls as necessary. All existing and reasonable future conditions that affect the work inside and outside the site limits must be acknowledged as the Contractor’s responsibility. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02922 JULIA MUNRO PARK

TERRASEEDING (Provisional) Compost with Seed Injection Page 4

3. Contractor is responsible for providing effective erosion control measures. Contractor may, with written approval from the Engineer/ Landscape Architect, work outside the construction limits to establish a working erosion control system.

4. Methods used to control erosion shall comply with applicable local regulations. Should any of the temporary erosion and sediment control measures employed by the Contractor fail to produce results which comply with the requirements of the Regulatory Agencies, or the plans, the Contractor shall immediately take whatever steps are necessary to correct the deficiency at their own expense.

5. Provide an interim nurse crop or legumes as may be detailed on plans.

8.0 Performance 1. Do not apply excessively dry material (under 35% moisture content). If the activity of the work creates undue problems or nuisance from dust generation, work is to be stopped immediately and watering of the surface and the mix performed to re-acquire the needed conditions for mulch application. 2. Do not apply material with above 60% moisture content. 3. Apply thicker layers of mulch mixture on steep slopes as recommended by industry practice and directed by the Landscape Architect. Thicknesses of mixes required for the project and individual site circumstances are to be anticipated by the contractor’s tendered bid price for the works. 4. Design mulch/compost/seed mix characteristics to be compatible with the plants’ tolerances (e.g. pH soluble salt content) and to encourage maximum growth for the sward. 5. Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from disbursing into atmosphere and surface waters. Use machinery complete with dust suppression systems as may be required.

9.0 Measurement Procedures 1. Payment of this item will be based on the square meters as determined by the drawings provided and approval of the extent and quantity of site works. This price shall constitute full compensation for all works required to complete the operation including compost, seed, installation, maintenance and guarantee. Over-application and additional areas not authorized by the Landscape Architect shall be the sole responsibility and liability of the contractor.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02970 JULIA MUNRO PARK

MAINTENANCE Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

2. Site maintenance shall be generally performed as described herein for the duration of the contract period. A further maintenance period beginning the day after final acceptance by the Town of Georgina may be requested on a seasonal basis in accordance with quotations supplied by the contractor and approved by the Town.

3. Maintenance works resulting from warranty obligations shall not be considered as a part of the work of this section. Plant material guarantees are 2 years from the time of planting or subsequent planting. Any maintenance for plant material required as a part of guarantee beyond the two years maintenance periods are at the sole cost of the contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Miscellaneous 1. Provide all products required as specified in the relevant sections of the specifications and Appendices to Tender.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Schedule 1. Maintenance period shall be executed as per the following general schedule: Spring Cleanup - April 15 - May 14, inclusive Grounds Maintenance - May 15 - October 15, inclusive Fall Cleanup - October 15 - November 15, inclusive

3.2 Spring Cleanup 1. Complete litter pick-up and disposal of all landscape areas. 2. Pruning of deciduous trees and evergreens. 3. Edge all planting beds and tree circles as required. 4. Roll sodded areas, if required, to remove minor depressions and irregularities. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02970 JULIA MUNRO PARK

MAINTENANCE Page 2

3.3 Grounds Maintenance 1. Plant Material

1. Maintenance shall include all necessary measures to establish and maintain plants in a healthy, vigorous growing condition and planting areas neat and tidy.

2. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to the following work: a) Maintenance, repair and replacement, where necessary, of all accessories such as wrappings, tree guys and stakes, turnbuckles, etc. b) Regular inspection of all plants and control of insects and diseases. c) Fertilizing and watering as necessary during the warranty period. Water is considered to be the contractors cost. d) Removal of debris, broken branches, etc. to keep planting areas in a neat and tidy condition at all times. e) Pruning and weeding of planting beds, minimum once a month, during the growing season.

3. Failure to maintain plant material will result with the owner paying separate contractors to do the work, and said value to be deducted from the contract price.

4. All plants shall be maintained free of disease and insect infestations and kept in a healthy, good growing condition. Planting areas are to be free of weeds and freshly cultivated, at time of final inspection.

5. Chemicals for control of weeds, insects and disease shall be used in strict accordance with manufacturers' recommendations and at the written authorization of the municipality.

6. The contractor shall be fully responsible for all damages resulting from the use of chemicals.

7. Protect all planting areas against damage, including erosion and trespassing, by providing and maintaining proper safeguards. Remove safeguards at the end of the maintenance period.

8. Trees will be watered as necessary to ensure healthy condition. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 02970 JULIA MUNRO PARK

MAINTENANCE Page 3

9. Mulch will be topped up prior to inspection for acceptance

10. Pruning shall be carried out regularly as specified in Section 02490.

2. Sodded Areas

Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, the following work: a) The Contractor shall be expected to provide turf maintenance including mowing, fertilizing and weed control until works are approved and accepted by Town of Georgina and accepted for municipal maintenance. b) Refer to the requirements of Section 02486 and Section 02487

3.4 Fall Cleanup 1. General site clean-up of all planting, sodded and landscape areas.

2. Winter preparation of planting beds.

3.5 Pruning 1. Prune all plants as necessary to remove dead and broken branches. Preserve plants natural character. Do not remove leader or small branches along trunks.

2. Use clean, sharp tools and make cuts clean and flush without leaving stubs.

3. Cut back to living tissue all cuts, scars and bruises shaped so as not to retain water within them.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03300 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install poured concrete pavements and structures in the locations and to the details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Excavations as required to establish grades and slopes of pavement structures.

.2 Installation and compaction of sub-base materials to the compacted thicknesses as described by the plans and details.

.3 Erection of formwork in accordance with the specifications to produce the dimensions and shapes described by the plans and details.

.4 All special and additional concrete work requirements as described by the details and design drawings of the Pavilion a) Read drawings in conjunction with the specification and all other contract documents. b) Before proceeding with work, check all the dimensions shown on the drawings with the landscape drawings and report discrepancies to the consultant. c) Typical structural details shall govern the work. If details differ on the drawings, the most stringent shall govern.

.5 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site.

.6 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein.

.7 Cleaning of the final products and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03300 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 2

.8 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

.9 All reinforced concrete elements have been design on accordance with CSA Standard A23.3.

.10 All structural steel elements have been designed in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16.

.11 All separate concrete pours are to be connected with approved slip- dowels installed at 900mm on centre.

1.3 Related Work

1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Sodding Section 02487 3. Asphalt Paving Section 02552 4. Sub Drain Section 02640

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General 1. Cement shall be a standard grey Portland cement conforming to CSA- A.5. Ready Mix may be used as an alternative if approved by the Town.

2. Water shall be clear and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, sediment or any other deleterious substances in accordance with CSA- A23.1.

3. Aggregates shall meet the requirements of CSA-A23.1.

4. Chemical concrete admixtures may be used only when approved by the landscape architect and shall then meet the requirements of ASTM-C494 and shall be used only in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

5. Air-Entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM-C260.

6. Reinforcement re-bar and wire mesh shall be in accordance with CSA- G.30.

7. Expansion joint fillers shall be an approved bituminous, pre-moulded fibre joint filler conforming to ASTM-D1751 or approved self-expanding cork conforming to ASTM-D.1752. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03300 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 3

8. Slip-Dowels: These shall be a genuine and approved manufactured product for the purpose. Individual metal rods or rebar of any kind shall not be deemed as acceptable to the requirements of the contract.

9. Granular base course materials shall be of clear, natural crushed stone, rock or gravel, Granular "A" in accordance with OPS Form No. 1010.

10. All materials for poured in place concrete shall be proportioned and mixed so as to produce a mix meeting the following requirements, and in accordance with CSA-A23.9. a) Strength, at 28 days as detailed b) Aggregate 20 mm maximum c) Maximum 75 mm slump at point of deposit d) Air Entrainment 6% (%)

2.2 Forms 1. Wood, metal forms or sono tube forms as applicable to the works.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Placement and Preparation 1. Remove soft and unstable areas in sub-grade and backfill and compact with approved granular material.

2. Compact sub-grade uniformly to minimum 98% Standard Proctor Density (S.P.D.).

3. Place granular base course materials to the specified minimum depths as detailed.

4. Keep granular materials clean and free of deleterious materials at all times.

5. Maintain final grade of granular base course parallel to finished grade and obtain approval of base before proceeding with work.

6. Submit all written test reports.

7. Comply with CSA-A23.1 with respect to conveying and placing of concrete.

8. Transport concrete from mixer to point of deposit and deposit in its final position as quickly as possible to prevent separation and loss of materials. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03300 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 4

9. Do not use re-tempered concrete or concrete which has been contaminated by foreign substances. 10. Place concrete in a continuous operation until section is completed or between joints. When required, place construction joints in accordance with CSA-A23.1.24.

11. Consolidate concrete, by approved means, while it is being placed. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners of forms.

12. Maintain constant quality control to ensure that finished concrete is dense, uniform and free of honey-combing and that no separation of materials can occur.

13. Place expansion joints where shown on drawings and as detailed.

14. Do not continue reinforcing bars through expansion joints but stop on either side of joint. Provide connection dowels at joint locations.

15. Install joint filler as detailed and to the specified depth. Expansion joint shall be true to line and plumb.

16. Seal expansion joints as soon as curing of concrete has been completed.

17. Saw cut control joints to be at intervals of 3m or as shown on plan.

18. Apply sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean joints thoroughly before sealing and remove all laitance.

3.2 Weather Protection

1. During cold weather protect concrete and concreting operations in accordance with CSA-A23.1.19.

2. During hot weather comply with the requirements of AC1-605.

3.3 Curing

1. After concrete has sufficiently set, keep exposed surfaces continuously moist for at least seven (7) days.

2. Concrete shall be moist-cured with the use of burlap, or an approved equal, which shall be thoroughly wetted when applied and kept moist continuously during the curing period. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03300 JULIA MUNRO PARK

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 5

3. The use of curing compounds must be approved by the consultant and shall then meet the requirements of ASTM-C309. 4. Curing compounds shall be approved and shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, or as directed.

3.4 Admixtures

1. It is the contractor’s full responsibility to adjust the proportioning and/or admixtures in order to prevent cracking, spalling, etc. due to weather or any other reason. Submit written report from supplier when doing so.

3.5 Repairs

1. Curb cracking may be repaired by sawcut only if done in a vertical position otherwise break-out and re-pour new concrete.

2. Repair all concrete curbs before final course of asphalt is laid.

3.6 Testing

1. Concrete testing shall be done by taking three (3) concrete control cylinders for each fifty (50) metres of concrete placed but, in any event, not less than one (1) test for each day concrete is poured.

2. Cylinders shall be taken from the concrete as it is delivered to the job site in the presence of, and as directed by, the testing engineer.

3. Cylinders shall be cured under laboratory conditions and shall be tested for compressive strength, slump and air content, in full accordance with CSA-A23. One cylinder shall be tested at seven (7) days and two cylinders at twenty-eight (28) days.

4. All freshly mixed concrete shall be tested for air content at time of placement, in accordance with CSA-A23.2.19.

5. Be responsible for the costs of all such tests and of additional tests resulting from: a) failure of test specimens to meet specified requirements. b) changes in materials, proportions and mix design and supply when requested by the contractor. c) Re-testing due to failure of test specimens.

6. Submit complete, written test reports to the consultant.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03301 JULIA MUNRO PARK

COLOURED CONCRETE Page 1

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 The Work described in this Section includes the supply of all labour, materials, tools, services and incidentals to install poured-in-place coloured concrete paving, impressed coloured concrete paving and structures as detailed and where shown on Drawings. .2 Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows: .1 Excavations as required and in conformance with Section 02210 to establish sub-grades and stable foundations to support paving, curbs and site structures. .2 Construction of formwork shuttering and foundation, support structures, and pre-cast concrete features as described by the plans, details and shop or working drawings approved for those structures. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning of the final concrete product and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Play Structure Section 02863 3. Site Furniture Section 02870 4. Shade Structure Section 02900 5. Metal Fabrications Section 05500

1.4 Quality Assurance

1. Paving work shall be done only by skilled workers, with suitable machinery, supervised by foreperson experienced in type of Work specified herein. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03301 JULIA MUNRO PARK

COLOURED CONCRETE Page 2

2. Execute the Work of this Section by a Subcontractor with skilled tradesmen who has equipment adequate for project, and is known to have been responsible for satisfactory installations similar to that specified during a period of at least five years, so that work is performed expeditiously.

1.5 Guarantee

1. Guarantee all coloured concrete work for a period of three years from Substantial Performance.

1.6 Site Examination

.1 Verify all site conditions which may affect the performance of this Section.

.2 Report in writing all conditions which may adversely affect the work of this Section.

.3 Commencement of work implies acceptance of surfaces and conditions. Claims for damages or extras resulting from such conditions will be rejected, unless due to conditions which could not be determined prior to or during the course of construction.

1.7 Allowable Tolerances

1. Grade base courses with surfaces within 12 mm of established elevations and within a tolerance of 12 mm under a 3000 mm long straightedge.

.2 Finish concrete paving with surfaces within 12 mm of established elevations and locations, within 3 mm of other surfaces at junction, and within a tolerance of 6 mm under a 3000 mm long straightedge.

1.8 Sample

1. Prior to construction the Contractor is to submit a 300 x 300 samples of batched, colour concrete paving for approval of colours. All spray pad concrete paving will be required to match approved samples.

2. A sample of each selected colour with dimensions 1000 x 1000 shall be cast at the job site in a location agreed upon by the Landscape Architect.

3. The sample cast is to be used for approval purposes, upon approval of the sample, the sample shall be protected until all work is complete. All subsequent coloured concrete shall match the approved sample. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03301 JULIA MUNRO PARK

COLOURED CONCRETE Page 3

1.9 Inspections 1. The locations of all concrete base courses and paved areas are to be staked out by the Contractor under the direction of the Landscape Architect prior to commencing with Work.

2. All base courses are to be approved by the Landscape Architect prior to the installation of finished surfaces.

3. Give timely notice when ready for stake out and inspections.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials

1. Granular Base Course: Granular 'A' in accordance with specified requirements of OPSS Specification 1010.

2. Coloured Concrete: Base bid to reflect Integral, pre-batched coloured concrete; Artevia system as distributed by Lafarge Canada or approved equal.

3. Concrete properties for impressed and batched concrete shall be: - slump 50-80mm - compressive strength 32 MPa

4. Admixtures: All coloured impressed concrete shall contain the proper proportion of admixture in the appropriate colour in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and approved for use on this project.

5. Colour hardener, when approved for use, shall be a dry-shake hardener such as recommended by the manufacturer in the specified colour. Applied at a rate of 60lbs/100 sq.ft.

6. Admixtures and Colour Hardeners are to Artevia system as supplied by Lafarge Canada or approved equivalent.

7. Concrete Surface Sealer: Non-yellowing concrete sealer for external use as approved by Landscape Architect.

8. Expansion Joint Filler: Approved bituminous fibreboard (with “snap- caps).

9. Expansion Joint Sealer: Rubberized polyurethane expansion joint sealer (Sikaflex 1A or similar approved) as prepared for use on foot traffic surfaces. Colour to coordinate or match adjacent finish.

10. Foam Rod Back-Up: Approved 25mm diameter styro-foam rod. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03301 JULIA MUNRO PARK

COLOURED CONCRETE Page 4

11. Slip-Dowels: These shall be a genuine and approved manufactured product for the purpose. Individual metal rods or rebar of any kind shall not be deemed as acceptable to the requirements of the contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

1. Refer to Section 02210 of this Specification for grading, requirements; field testing; and soil investigation specified for project.

2. Ensure that grading and backfilling has been completed in accordance with Specification, and that subgrade conditions are satisfactory for placing of sub-base, base and pavements before commencing Work.

3. Commence Work upon Landscape Architect verification that subgrade densities, as specified, have been attained under pavement locations.

3.2 Placing Base Courses

1. Where applicable subgrade to be compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density. Sub-base course thicknesses of walkways shall be the thickness after compaction.

3.3 Placing of Finish Pavements

1. Finish pavement surfaces to elevations indicated on Drawings. Maintain accuracy of elevations to within specified tolerances. Ensure that drainage is effective from all areas of the slab without formation of puddles.

2. Inform Landscape Architect if slopes to drains are less than 1% before commencing work in order that corrective methods may be considered.

3.4 Concrete Paving

1. Pour slabs to depth shown on Drawings, of air-entrained 32 MPa (50-80 mm slump) concrete, within approved forms.

2. Screed slabs to provide drainage of minimum slope of 20mm/1000mm unless shown otherwise on drawings.

3. Finish slabs with wood float and light textured brooming or trowel pattern as may be applicable to the impressed pattern for each area of the work.

4. Steel trowel 50 mm borders at edges of slabs only where indicated by the plans and form rounded tooled edge.

TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 03301 JULIA MUNRO PARK

COLOURED CONCRETE Page 5

4. Remove dirt, dust and grease from concete surfaces and apply two coats of concrete surface sealer, the second applied after the first has dried. Apply sealer only after concrete has cured for minimum of two weeks and if it is thoroughly dry and the air temperature is 21o C or over.

3.5 Joints

1. Control Joints:

.1 All concrete joints sawn within 4 to 18 hours after the placement of the concrete.

.2 Control joints shall be 1/4 of the slab depth (minimum) and located as depicted on the plans.

2. Concrete Paving Expansion Joints

.1 Locate 10 mm wide expansion joints at no further than 6000 mm O.C., or where otherwise indicated on Drawings, and where slabs abut vertical construction. Provide and install slip-dowels at 900mm O.C. between separate concrete pours and adjoining concrete flatwork pavements.

.2 Set joint filler 12 mm below top of slabs, for full depth of slabs.

.3 Install approved backing material and apply sealant with squeegee, fill joints to surface of slab with approved joint sealer/caulk.

.4 Remove all sealant from adjoining surfaces immediately.

3.6 Adjustment and Cleaning

1. Replacement of Defective Work

.1 Be responsible for the security and protection of all coloured concrete works until successful curing has been achieved. Protect the work from damage from other construction activity for the duration of the project.

.2 Replace defective concrete with matching coloured patch areas covering the entire area between scored joints.

.3 Be responsible for the repair of all damages until inspected and approved by the Landscape Architect and traffic is allowed onto pavement.

.4 After completion of paving, clean all landscape areas and structures such as curbs, walls, catch basin gratings, manhole covers, etc. from all contamination resulting from paving operations. END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 05500 JULIA MUNRO PARK

METAL FABRICATIONS Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to supply and install shop fabricated steel structures as described by the fence construction details and shop drawings. Install in locations indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 Cutting, bending, shaping and welding as required to fashion the metalwork products for the contract. .2 Concrete footings and other supporting structures as may be required to install metal features. Core drilling and modification to site surfaces and works to accept the fabricated structure. .3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. .4 Protection of existing structures and the work of others during the work described herein. .5 Cleaning of the final product, finish painting of field welds and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administration. .6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work 1. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 2. Painting Section 09900

1.4 Reference Standards 1. Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59-1982, unless otherwise specified. . 2. Galvanizing, where detailed, to conform to CSA G164-M1981. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 05500 JULIA MUNRO PARK

METAL FABRICATIONS Page 2

1.5 Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. 2. Indicate materials, core thicknesses, finishes, connections, joints, method of anchorage, number of anchors, supports, reinforcement, details and accessories.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials 1. Steel tubing to CSA-G40.21-M, Grade 350 W, Class H. 2. Steel sections and plates: to CAN3-G40.21-M81, Grade (300W) (350W). 3. Steel pipe: to CSA B63, standard weight galvanized finish (where applicable). 4. All steel shall be new product solid or hollow as detailed. Steel to be galvanized and acid etched before finishing where indicated on shop drawings. 5. Welding materials: to CSA @59-1982. Steel butt welding to conform to CSA 2241.10. 6. Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307-82a. 7. Galvanizing when required shall be: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating (600) g/m2 to CSA G164-M1981. 8. Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CGSB 1-GP-181M+Amdt-Mar-78.

2.2 Fabrication 1. Build work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. 2. Fabricate items from steel unless otherwise noted. 3. Use self-tapping shake-proof oval-headed screws on items requiring assembly by screws or as indicated. 4. Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection 5. Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush.

2.3 Finishes 1. All steel shall be primed and painted per schedule on plans. 2. Apply one shop coat of primer to metal items, with the exception of stainless steel, aluminium, galvanized-finished or concrete encased items and as detailed on shop drawings. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 05500 JULIA MUNRO PARK

METAL FABRICATIONS Page 3

3. Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 7oC. 4. Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation and Examination 1. Notify consultant prior to start of installation in case of conflict.

2. Remove debris and correct ground undulations at feature locations.

3.2 Erection 1. Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight and true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and intersections.

2. Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to consultant such as dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion bolts and shields and toggles.

3. Make field connections with bolts to CSA S-16-1969 and CSA S1653-1981, or weld.

4. Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates.

5. Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection with primer.

6. Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc primer where burned by field welding.

3.3 Touch-Up 1. Repair of damaged galvanized surfaces: Clean damaged surfaces with wire brush to remove loose and cracked coatings. Apply two coats of approved zinc pigmented paint to damaged areas. END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 09900 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PAINTING Page 1

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 Description

.1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to provide painted finishes for the project elements indicated on the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

1.2 Scope of Work

The major work required to complete is as follows:

.1 The supply and application of primers and finish paints to surfaces as described by the drawings.

.2 Application of materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and best practices for painting and finishing. Finishing of surfaces as described by the plans, details and shop or working drawings approved for project features.

.3 Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site.

.4 Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein.

.5 Cleaning of the final product and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator.

.6 In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work

1. Cast In Place Concrete Section 03300 2. Metal Fabrications Section 05500 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 09900 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PAINTING Page 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Unless otherwise specified, materials shall be manufactured and supplied by one of the following:

a) Benjamin-Moore & Co. Ltd. b) Canadian Industries Ltd. c) Glidden Co. Ltd. d) Monarch Paints Inc. e) Pratt & Lambert Inc. f) The Sherwin-Williams Co. Ltd.

2.2 List of Materials and Samples 1. List of materials shall be endorsed by manufacturer as being the best material for the applicable condition.

2. Do not order material or commence work until list of materials is approved by consultant.

3. Submit 2 - 100 mm x 200 mm colour chips of each paint colour coated with manufacturer's paint system to confirm colour match.

2.3 Product Handling 1. Deliver paint materials to site in sealed original containers bearing manufacturer's name, brand name, type of paint and colour designation.

2. Store materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendation.

2.4 Materials 1. Materials shall be "top line quality" products and shall be supplied by a single manufacturer except for speciality products not available from paint manufacturer.

2. Paints shall be factory mixed unless otherwise specified except any coating in paste or powder form, or to be field-catalyzed shall be field mixed in accordance with manufacturer's directions.

3. Primers shall be as specified by manufacturer and fully compatible with finish coats. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 09900 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PAINTING Page 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation of Substrates 1. Fill minor cracks, holes and fissures with polyfills and smooth to a flush surface. Texture filled areas to match surrounding surface.

2. Alkalinity: test cement-based substrates for alkalinity. Use method recommended by coating manufacturer.

3.2 Quality Control 1. Do not apply exterior coatings during periods of precipitation or when precipitation is imminent.

2. Do not apply coatings under direct sunlight during hot weather.

3. Protect adjacent surfaces not scheduled to receive coatings from damage.

4. Post "wet coating" signs and "no smoking" signs while work is in progress and while coatings are curing.

5. Keep oily rags, wastes and other combustible materials in closed metal containers and remove at the end of each workday. Take every precaution to avoid spontaneous combustions.

6. Unless otherwise permitted, apply coatings only after all other Sections have completed their work.

3.3 Coating Application 1. Apply paint by brush or roller.

2. Spray painting may be permitted where deemed advantageous and shall be subject to approval; but when permitted, use only airless spray guns.

3. Applied and cured coatings shall be uniform in thickness, sheen, colour and texture and free of brush or roller marks, sags, crawls and other defects detrimental to appearance and performance.

4. Regardless of the number of coats specified for any surface, apply sufficient paint to completely cover and hide substrate and to produce a solid uniform appearance.

5. Thoroughly mix materials before application. Use same brand of paint for primer, intermediate and finish coats. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 09900 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PAINTING Page 4

6. Where two or more coats of same paint are to be applied, undercoats shall be tinted in light shades of final coat to differentiate from final coat.

7. Touch up suction spots after application of first coat. Sand surfaces lightly between coats with fine sandpaper.

8. Each coat of finish shall be dry and hard before succeeding coats are applied with a minimum of 24 hours between coats unless manufacturer's instructions state otherwise.

3.4 Patching 1. Prior to takeover of project by owner, inspect work of this Section and touch-up or refinish damaged finishes and finishes which are unsatisfactory.

END TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description .1 This specification covers the furnishing of all skilled labour, materials, equipment and services required to install, water lines, mechanical systems and appurtenances related to water supply and the installation of the waterplay equipment for the project, in the locations and to the details indicated by the plans; and as specified hereinafter.

.3 The contractor shall comply with all requirements of the Worker's Compensation Board and The Construction Safety Act, The Ontario Building Code for Plumbing Work and all current amendments. Such compliance shall not relieve the contractor of full responsibility for the safety of workers and the public.

.4 The Inspector of The Construction Safety Act and the Municipal Safety Inspector of Jurisdiction shall each be notified in writing prior to the commencement of each stage of the work.

.5 All work shall conform to the local Municipal or Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. Applicable CSA standards and O.P.S.S. documents will prevail where ANSI or ASTM conflict.

1.2 Scope of Work The major work required to complete is as follows:

1. The Park Contractor shall furnish and install all plumbing works and devices for water supply systems and water spray fixtures including concrete footings, thrust blocks, all excavation, backfill, hardware, fittings, nozzles, piping to the valves, accessories and finishes required, in accordance with the plans and specifications and directions of the Landscape Architect.

2. The Waterplay Supplier/Installer in conjunction with the Park Contractor shall furnish all labour, materials, equipment and perform all operations necessary for the completion of the work whether shown in the drawings or not. The installation shall be as indicated on the drawings, and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations as reviewed and approved by the owner. The installation shall be accomplished by skilled work personnel. The installation of all water pipe and fittings, and TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 2

the installation of all electrical wiring, and conduit, shall be under the direct full-time supervision of a licensed corresponding trade, as approved by the owner.

3. The Park Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate and furnish all plumbing works, labour and materials necessary to provide a fully operational site water supply and spray pad as detailed on the drawings. Work shall include but is not necessarily limited to the following:

a) Provision of a 2" PVC water supply line from the water meter within the existing Meter Chamber to the spray pad location including a tracer wire for the full length of pipe. b) Provision of an above-grade manifold within the washroom building which will include the master valve, double check valve, strainer, electric valves, and all other components as required by local code and as approved by the Town’s plumbing inspection. c) Provision of all plumbing and related electrical works to accommodate a fully operational spray pad with the spray components identified. 4. Excavations as required to establish sub-grade levels for pipe beddings, bases for the installation of features and utilities. 5. Installation of specified pipes and structures, as described by the plans, details and any shop or working drawings approved for those structures. 6. Backfilling trench with bedding material as specified and indicated and filling trench with suitable material to proposed subgrade. 7. Removal and legal disposal of any excess and waste materials from the site. Compacting backfill materials in an acceptable manner. 8. Protection of trees, structures and the work of others during the work described herein. 9. Cleaning of the final product and affected site areas and reinstatement of work area as required by the contract administrator. 10. In addition, it is required that incidental and minor items indicated, specified or implied by the nature of this type of work be completed within the scope of this specification.

1.3 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Excavation and Backfill of Utilities Section 02222 3. Manhole and Catchbasin Section 02630 4. Subdrain Section 02640 5. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 6. Electrical General Requirements Section 16000 TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 3

1.4 Shop Drawings and Submittals 2. Submit detailed shop drawings for the following: a) Spray fixtures including spray nozzles and colours, for approval; b) Back flow prevention device; c) Electrical components.

3. Record Drawings a) Record, as the work progresses, on two sets of whiteprints, all changes or deviations in the locations of pipes, valves, sizes of pipes, location of apparatus or equipment and such other approved changes, that occur during progress of work. b) Provide at completion of work both sets of drawings with all changes correctly marked in red ink, signed and dated by the Contractor. c) Final certificate of acceptance will not be issued until satisfactory record drawings are filed with the owner.

4. Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions a) Assemble all equipment literature, parts list, operating instructions and maintenance instructions and other pertinent data and submit two sets to the owner for approval prior to substantial performance. Make changes or submit additional information if required to secure approval. b) Instruct Town staff on correct operations and maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems. c) Bind data in a vinyl hard covered, 3 ring loose leaf binder for 8 ½" x 11" size paper or in a duo-tang cover with clear acetate front. Provide complete digital version of information on disk or USB device. d) Enclose title sheet, labelled “Operation and Maintenance Data”, project name, date and list of contents. Place label “Operation and Maintenance Data on cover of binder with embossed tape, i.e. Dymo or equal. e) Provide description, operation and maintenance instruction for all mechanical and electrical systems including electrical service. Provide complete list of equipment and parts list. Indicate name plate information such as make, size, capacity, serial number. f) Provide names, address and phone number of sub-contractors and suppliers. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 4

g) Special tools and keys – on completion of the project and prior to Total Performance, submit to the owner all special tools and keys required to operate, adjust, and maintain the equipment, locks, etc.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Spray Fixtures 1. Spray fixtures shall be Vortex as per Town-approved Designs and Quotation. 2. Upright spray fixtures shall be constructed of schedule 10 stainless steel 304/304L pipe. 3. Ground level spray fixtures shall be constructed of schedule 40 stainless steel 304/304 L pipe. 4. Spray fixtures to meet AODA compliance for accessibility. 5. Spray fixtures will be supplied with all necessary anchoring hardware and installation templates, shipped in time to accommodate site work. 6. Spray fixture nozzles shall be of brass construction, three-piece assembly, interchangeable with a standard receiving brass body. Nozzles will address the water consumption, and variable water displays, through attachments in the interchangeable fittings. All nozzles will be supplied with ‘custom’ securing tools for access to interchangeable parts. 7. All ground level spray fixtures to have pressure test and winter close off fittings. 8. All spray fixtures are to carry a minimum warranty of three (3) years, on all workmanship and materials.

2.2 Footings 1. Concrete for footings shall conform to the Concrete Specification.

2.3 Granular Material 1. See construction details for granular specifications or as specified elsewhere.

2.4 Sand 1. Shall consist of clean builder’s sand consisting of hard, durable uncoated grains, free from lumps of clay or other deleterious substances, of such size that when dry 100% shall pass a No. 20 sieve and no more than 5% by weight shall pass a No. 100 sieve. The sand may be rejected if it contains more than 6% by volume of loam and silt. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 5

2.5 Copper Tubing 1. All tubing and fittings shall be as specified in Plumbing Section herein. Copper tubing and fittings are to be supplied from valves on the water supply line to the fixtures, with the connection at the fixture to be made with a dielectric coupling.

2.6 Fittings 1. Shall be approved red brass class ‘A’ thread-less type, containing no less than 85% copper adaptable for copper tubing.

2.7 Electrical 1. See section 16000 Electrical. All electronic operating systems shall be Vortex as manufactured by Vortex or local distributor (1800-665-3821). All electrical operating systems including activation fixtures (above grade or flush with grade models), and control panels, shall be CSA/UL approved specifically for water park operations. All mechanisms are to have no moving parts, and be made accessible only with the use of owner supplied, tamper proof, stainless steel security hardware. All wiring to be specified and approved by the manufacturer of spray fixtures.

2.8 Joints 1. Shall be made by soldering, using 95-5 tin-antimony solder.

2.9 Pipe and Fittings 1. Main line pipe and fittings to be schedule 40 PVC. The distribution laterals and fittings to be schedule 40 PVC. Ensure that a proper slope is consistently applied to all piping to ensure positive gravity assisted drainage of the entire system. Ensure all fittings are secured to close openings (off season) to protect them from the entry of water back into the piping system (see nozzles section).

2. The contractor shall install all necessary piping in general accordance with the plan, however the owner’s representative reserves the right to change the routing or depth of pipe. Special care shall be taken to ensure that all backfill material be free of debris which could damage piping. All piping shall be surrounded by 6" envelope of sand to ensure compaction and protection.

2.10 System Components and Accessories 1. Water meter to be supplied and installed by the Town of Georgina in accordance with Town of Georgina Standard Details for the Water Meter Chamber at the location indicated by the drawings. Water distribution as detailed in plans. Point of interest connection hardware and fittings as TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 6

detailed in Town Standard Details for Water Chamber as noted, double check-valve to be Febco, Watts or equal (to specified size). Wye strainer to be Watts or equal. Master valve to be HBV Brass (specified size) and component valves are to have pressure regulating, and flow control configuration, or PRV assembly at each valve point.

2.11 Hardware 1. All hardware, fittings and fastenings shall be as indicated on the shop drawings and as may be required to complete the installation. Anchor fasteners to be stainless steel.

2. Lag bolts shall be of best quality stainless steel with flat type vandal proof head. Anchors shall be stainless steel in size required.

2.12 Plumbing 1. Domestic Water Piping and Fittings a) Buried Section:

 Pipe: type ‘K’ soft drawn copper water tube.

 Fittings: wrought copper, pressure type solder joint fittings, brazed joints or corporation fittings. b) Unburied Section 50 mm Size and Smaller:

 Pipe: type ‘L’ hard drawn copper water tube.

 Fittings: wrought copper, pressure type solder joint fittings. c) Spray Pad PVC Piping:

 Pipe: PVC SDR26, class 160 conforming to CSA B137.3.

 Fittings: PVC Schedule 40 solvent weld or threaded.

 Pipe Solvent: CSA approved type as recommended by pipe manufacturer.

 Thread Lubricant: Teflon tape of Permatex #2. 2. Valves a) Shut off Valves: PVC gate valve. Sizes to match pipe. b) Flow Regulating Valve: PVC valve. Size to match pipe. c) Solenoid Valves: PVC solenoid valve must be of type having 24 VAC 250 MA max. holding current coil rating. d) Backflow Prevention Device: Double check valve assembly, Watts 709-QT-50 mm (2") or Febco 805Y-BY-50 mm (2") to Ontario Regulation 815/84 as amended by O. reg. 675/85.. 3. Water Service Fittings a) All fittings shall be approved by the Town of Georgina. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 7

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Water Play Spray Features 1. Water play spray features shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications, and approved by the owner. The Contractor shall use extreme care when installing spray fixtures, and it is advisable to leave intact all wrapping through installation, to be removed upon completion. Entire assemblies shall be installed in accurate location, square and plumb, and in required location to surrounding finished grade, on footings specified.

2. Footings shall be sonotube formed cast in place concrete to a minimum depth of 1200 mm, to undisturbed subgrade.

3. Stake locations of all spray poles and spay jets on site and obtain owner’s approval prior to installation. Adjust locations as directed by the owner.

4. Install spray pole plumb in all directions. Where poles are arranged in a line, orient spray direction into the spray pad, parallel unless otherwise directed.

5. Install spray jets in spray pad according to manufacturer’s instructions. Install approved grouting around spray jet to secure jet and prevent water from leaking down beneath the spray pad.

3.2 Plumbing 1. Conform to requirements of all regulatory agencies including; a) Local and Regional by-laws and regulations i) Town Building Department and Plumbing Section ii) Town, Development Approvals Division, Works Department. iii) Hydro One

b) Ontario Regulations 815/84 Plumbing Code as updated, made under Ontario Water Resources Act and 2012 Building Code, as amended to date.

c) Ontario Hydro and the Canadian Electrical Code, latest edition.

2. Work must be executed by a skilled tradesperson having at least five (5) years of experience in this type of work. Plumber must be licensed to do work in the Town of Georgina, and must secure a plumbing permit from the Building Department. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 8

3. Welding contractor must be fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau under the requirements of CSA W-47. Welding is to be done in accordance with CSA W-59.

4. Inspect and verify that all work done by others has been completed according to the drawings and specifications. Notify the owner in writing prior to commencement of this work, of any discrepancies or incomplete work. Failure to notify the owner in writing constitutes an acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions and an acceptance of responsibility for any damage and repairs.

5. Coring of holes through concrete floor slabs and walls where required to accommodate piping is the responsibility of the Contractor. Patch all holes to the owner’s satisfaction.

6. Determine the installation requirements and dimensions of equipment required to be connected to piping. Make piping fit, including any adjustment required by changes in dimensions.

7. Supports and Hangers a) Pipe supports and hangers shall be approved type, properly located and installed to give adequate support without excessive sway or vibration, and to provide freedom of movement for thermal expansion. Support horizontal piping at intervals in accordance with the requirements of applicable Codes and Regulations or as specified. Hangers, unless otherwise specified, shall be adjustable wrought steel clevis type galvanized with supporting plated nut and upper lock nut. b) Pipe hangers, where pipe is to be insulated, shall fit around the outside of the pipe insulation. Protect insulation by shields and saddles. On domestic water and insulated drainage piping, protection by means of sheet metal shields will be accepted. Bare copper piping shall have a single thickness of packing between the copper pipe and its hanger or support. c) Trapeze type hangers may be used where pipes are grouped together, consisting of a substantial horizontal steel angle or channel provided with adjustable steel rods, fitted approved beam clamps or rod with supported nut and a second lock nut.

8. Water Supply Piping a) Install all piping, valves, fittings, etc. according to 2012 Building Code and updates to 0.Reg 815/84. b) Install all piping, valves, fittings, etc. within the chamber squarely to the walls, both horizontally and vertically, allowing adequate TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 9

accessible space to facilitate easy operation and maintenance of all equipment and mechanical components. c) In buried locations, install piping in open trenches in straight lines and to the elevations shown on the drawings, or as designated by the owner. Fit sections so that, when complete, the pipe has a smooth and uniform invert elevation/slope. Do not work on frozen ground. Minimum cover shall be 1200 mm unless shown otherwise on the drawings. d) Before pipe is laid, remove dirt, lumps blisters and foreign matter from the interior of the trench. Fully protect ends of pipe to prevent water, silt or any other substances. e) Provide Granular ‘D’ (13 mm crushed stone) or similarly sized High Performance Bedding under and around all pipes, minimum 150 mm below pipe, 300 mm above pipe and full width of trench, minimum 500 mm wide. Place and compact bedding in 150 mm layers. f) Tamping shall be done with approved vibratory compaction machinery. All bedding shall be compacted to obtain 95% of the Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. g) The Contractor shall use special care in placing and compaction of the bedding so as to avoid damage or movement of the pipe or appurtenances.

9. Drain Pipe Installation a) Excavate, shore, brace and backfill trenches as specified in Excavation and Backfilling. b) Install drain pipe in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and 0.Reg 815/84 – Plumbing Code as updated. c) Lay pipe straight and in true alignment to the slopes and elevations indicated on the drawings and fully supported by the bedding material. d) Lay all lines with a uniform grade between given elevations and draining to the outfall as indicated on the drawings. Ensure pipe slopes a minimum of 1% (1 cm/100 cm) unless shown otherwise. e) Lay pipe with bells up-grade. Remove sufficient bedding material so that no weight is supported by the bell. Fill any recesses with compacted bedding material after completion of joint. Bedding material shall be Granular ‘D’, 150 mm below pipe 300 mm above pipe and 500 mm wide, compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 10

f) Install each pipe length as soon as the preceding section has been properly jointed, embedded and secured in place. Protect exposed ends of pipe to prevent earth and other debris from entering pipe. Keep pipe interior clean. Install pipe carefully to avoid damage. g) Have completed pipe installation inspected by the owner.

10. Pipe Crossings a) Where two (2) pipes cross each other and with less than 1 m clearance between them, encase the lower pipe in 15 MPa concrete up to the centre line of the upper pipe and with a length along the lower one equal to the outside diameter of the lower pipe plus 0.5 m. 3.3 Electrical 1. Install electrical components in accordance with local electrical codes and regulations.

2. Mount control panel securely to inside valve chamber in a location approved by the Town of Georgina Parks Operations representative.

3. Install solenoid valves and control equipment according to manufacturer’s instructions.

3.4 Mechanical Equipment Installation 1. Install mechanical equipment according to manufacturer’s instructions, conforming to 0.Reg 815/84 as updated. Adjust equipment for proper operation as directed by the owner.

2. Install back flow prevention device horizontal to the floor of the chamber with 300 mm clearance between the floor and bottom of backflow prevention device.

3. Identify valves by means of approved brass tags bearing embossed black numbers.

4. Install area drain and spray pad level in all directions and flush with concrete collar. Slope concrete collar to drain at 3%. Connect drain to drain pipe with M.J. or PVC socket connection available from manufacturer.

3.5 Testing and Adjustments 1. All water play spray fixture components shall be water pressure tested before backfilling and paving, and/or pouring of concrete slabs. The Contractor is to ensure all water supply lines are free of debris, and flushed TOWN OF GEORGINA Section 15490 JULIA MUNRO PARK

PLUMBING WORKS AND SPRAY PAD COMPONENTS Page 11

of any foreign material prior to the hook-up of any spray fixtures, and the Contractor shall have the presence of the Landscape Architects, or Project Official. Prior to the backfilling of any supply lines, joints or connections, the entire system shall be maintained under full pressure for no less than one (1) hour. The Contractor is to ensure all nozzles are adjusted and secured to the owner’s satisfaction. The Contractor is to test all drainage systems of the spray fixtures.

2. Arrange for all required inspections and testing such as for water service, plumbing and drainage, and electrical work. Costs incurred for such testing are the responsibility of the contractor.

3. Submit all inspection certificates within five (5) days of inspection or test.

4. Adjust spray direction of spray jets and valve settings to achieve spray heights and effects as directed by the owner.

5. Set electrical timer control panel as directed by the owner.

END JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16000 Town of Georgina Page 1 of 7 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.0 General Conditions 1. Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions, Tender Form and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

2. Conform to General Instructions.

3. Unless specified otherwise, the following instructions will apply to all sections of Division 16.

2.0 Intent 1. Mention herein or indication on drawings of articles, materials, operations or methods requires: supply of each item mentioned or indicated, of quality, or subject to qualifications noted; installation according to conditions stated and; performance of each operation prescribed with furnishing of necessary labour, equipment and incidentals for Electrical Trades, Division 16000.

2. Supplementary to definitions established is:

a) "Supply" will mean furnishing to site in location required or directed complete with accessory parts.

b) "Install" will mean set in place and secured or affixed to building structure, wired and connect as required to be fully operational as noted or directed.

c) "Provide" will mean supply and install as each is described above.

3.0 Standards and References 1. Equipment provided under this Division will conform to applicable standards and regulations of the following organizations:

Canadian Standards Association Canadian Electrical Code Electrical Safety Authority Ontario Electrical Safety Code National Building Code Ontario Building Code Hydro One Networks Inc.

4.0 Materials 1. Materials will be new, of Canadian manufacture where available, first quality and uniform throughout. Submit tender based on the use of materials and equipment specified or on the listed acceptable alternate equipment as further detailed.

2. Electrical materials will be CSA or equal, approved and be so labeled. Materials not CSA approved will receive acceptance for installation by the JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16000 Town of Georgina Page 2 of 7 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Electrical Safety Authority Inspections Branch before delivery, and modifications and changes required for such acceptance will be included in work of this Section. Material will not be installed or connected to the source of electrical power until approval is obtained.

3. Confirm capacity, ratings and characteristics of equipment items being provided to supply power to equipment provided under other Divisions of the work. Resolve discrepancies before such items are purchased.

5.0 Material Acceptance 1. Acceptance of materials installed presumes that materials have not been damaged or exposed to conditions that would be considered to adversely affect performance and life expectancy.

2. If, in the opinion of the Consultants, materials have sustained damage, or have been exposed to abnormal conditions, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to have such tests performed as deemed necessary by the Consultants to establish condition and therefore, acceptability of installed materials.

3. Tests will be conducted by independent testing specialists acceptable to the Consultants who will provide written report of tests directly to the Consultants.

6.0 Examination of Site & Conditions 1. Examine the site, local conditions and the complete set of drawings affecting the work of this project. Examine carefully all Tender Documents and ensure the work can be satisfactorily carried out as shown. Before commencing work, examine the work of other sections and report at once any defect or interference affecting the work of this Section. No allowance will be made later for any expense incurred through failure to make this examination or to report any discrepancies in writing. The complete set of drawings and specifications are available at the office of the Owner.

7.0 Workmanship 1. Workmanship and method of installation will conform to best standards and practice and will be performed to approval. Licensed electricians holding Ontario Ministry of Trades Certificates of Qualification (ICI Sector) employed by an electrical contractor holding a valid ECRA license for work at 750 volts and below will perform all work within this division of work. No sub-contracted labour will be permitted.

8.0 Co-Operation and Responsibility

1. Work of this division will include full responsibility for laying out of work; and for any damage caused to other section of work by reason of improper location or installation; prompt installation of work and responsibility for condition of all material and equipment supplied under this Section and responsibility for protection and maintenance of work completed and accepted until substantial completion of contract. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16000 Town of Georgina Page 3 of 7 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2. Co-operate with landscape contractor engaged on the work to ensure that items installed under this Section are located in proper relation to other materials. Co-operate fully with the preparation and maintenance of an accurate construction co-ordination schedule.

9.0 Temporary and Trial Usage 1. Temporary or trial usage of materials will not be construed as evidence of acceptance of same.

2. Permanent electrical services and equipment will not be used for construction purposes except as otherwise directed in writing by the Consultant.

10.0 Protection 1. Protect work from damage that would impair its efficiency or mar its appearance.

2. Securely plug or cap open ends of raceways to prevent obstruction using approved manufactured devices.

3. Protect factory-finished equipment from damage. Damaged finishes will be restored to original condition.

4. Return equipment to manufacturer for refinishing, if so directed.

11.0 Bylaws and Regulations 1. Work will conform to the latest rules, regulations and definitions of Canadian Electrical Code and applicable Municipal and Provincial Codes and Regulations, and to the requirements of other authorities having jurisdiction in the area where work is to be performed. Minor changes required by an authority having jurisdiction will be carried out without change to the contract amount. Standards established by drawings and specifications will not be reduced by applicable codes or regulations.

12.0 Permits and Fees 1. File the contract drawings with proper authorities and obtain their approval of installation and permits for the same before proceeding with work. Prepare and submit necessary detailed shop drawings as required by Authorities.

2. Pay all fees in connection with examination of drawings, permits, inspections and final certificate of approval.

13.0 Certificates 1. Furnish necessary certificates as evidence that work installed conforms to the laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16000 Town of Georgina Page 4 of 7 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

14.0 Warranty 1. Warranty materials and workmanship for period of twelve months (except as otherwise noted) from date of final acceptance by the Consultants, and defects will be corrected and made good, except in case of defects occurring from misuse by occupants.

15.0 Construction Facilities 1. Provide job site office, workshop, tools, material storage, and the like, which are required to complete work.

16.0 Contract Drawings 1. Drawings are intended to serve as a guide showing quantities, and general arrangements, and are not necessarily working drawings from which measurements can be taken, except where dimension figures are specifically shown. Information involving accurate measurements will be taken from the consultant's site plan and detail drawings.

17.0 Shop Drawing Material and Lists 1. Prepare and electronically submit shop drawings in a pdf format of equipment required for review. (Refer to the General Conditions of the contract). All shop drawings submitted for review must be reviewed and stamped by the electrical subcontractor prior to the submission.

2. Prior to equipment fabrication, delivery or installation, submit complete lists of materials proposed, indicating manufacturer, catalogue numbers and complete performance data.

3. Review of shop drawings by the Consultant is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with general design concept. This review will not mean that the Consultant approves detail design inherent in shop drawings, responsibility for which will remain with contractor and such review will not relieve contractor of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of contract documents. Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at site, for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for co-ordination of work with all trades.

18.0 Record Drawings and Specification 1. Maintain record revisions and furnish record drawings for work of this Division. Obtain for this purpose at least two sets of white prints.

2. Show on record drawings, all deviations in the work; exact locations for all electrical services buried below pavement and soft landscaping; concealed junction or pull boxes; access panels. Locate exterior buried work by dimension from lighting poles and other fixed objects.

3. Obtain approval for all provisions for future extension, and establish verification before these are concealed. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16000 Town of Georgina Page 5 of 7 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4. Provide "As Built" Record Drawings together with other documents required upon completion of the work.

19.0 Instructions to Operator 1. Instruct owners' representative in care, maintenance and operation of Electrical Systems and associated equipment.

4. Supply full Operating and Maintenance Instructions in triplicate, each in stiff cover, three-ring binder suitably separated and labelled. Operate each item of equipment in presence of owners to ensure understanding of working parts and function of each item of equipment. Supply one complete set of "Reviewed" Shop Drawings in separate hard cover binder suitably separated and labeled for owner's use.

20.0 Maintenance Data 1. Compile information and prepare two Maintenance Data manuals which will include:

a) Manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance instructions, replacement parts and names and addresses of suppliers, for all movable apparatus and mechanically and electrically operated items, appliances and equipment.

b) Detailed instructions and recommended materials for cleaning, lubricating and maintenance.

c) Chart showing any necessary seasonal adjustments to electrical apparatus and recommended minimum and maximum time intervals for inspection of all items.

d) Lists of lamps used throughout the project indicating: wattage, voltage, ordering abbreviation and/or catalogue number.

e) List of fuses, overcurrent, overload protective relays, etc. Indicating type; size; quantity; and name of machine, motor, feeder, or device protected.

21.0 Cleaning, Lubrication and Adjustment 1. Immediately prior to completion of work:

a) Remove all dust, dirt, and other foreign matter from internal surfaces of enclosed electrical apparatus and equipment.

b) Remove all temporary protective coverings and coatings, temporary labels.

c) Clean, repair, lubricate and adjust all mechanism and movable parts of apparatus and equipment leaving it in new condition and operating properly. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16000 Town of Georgina Page 6 of 7 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

d) Balance demand loads for service and distribution feeders within 5 percent upon completion of work and after the facility is in full operation.

22.0 Inspection and Testing 1. Systems, equipment, and all major items of material will be tested to the satisfaction of the Consultant, and as required to establish compliance with plans and specifications, and with the requirements for the Supply and Inspection Authorities.

2. Faulty and defective equipment will be replaced with new materials. Conductors which are found to be shorted or grounded, or have less than proper insulation resistance, will be replaced with new conductors.

3. Tests will include, but are not limited to, the following: a) Test of secondary voltage cables will include megger tests to establish proper insulation resistance, and phase-to-ground resistance of cables.

b) Test of all adjustable overload and overcurrent protective devices of secondary switchgear to establish calibration and operation in accordance with specifications and approved co-ordination curves.

c) Visual examination of switchgear to determine adherence to allowable manufacturing tolerance and compliance with manufacturer's recommended installation requirements.

d) Proper functioning of all systems.

e) Polarity tests - to establish proper polarity connections to all sockets and receptacles.

f) Test of system neutral to establish proper insulation resistance and isolation of neutral from ground except for required ground connection a Service.

23.0 Certification of Tests 1. When work is complete submit three copies of test results and a signed statement listing all tests that have been performed as required by specifications and manufacturer's instructions.

24.0 Completion 1. Provide receipts from designated representative of owner for portable and loose materials (e.g. spare fuses, keys, etc.)

2. Provide copies of final Certificates of Inspection from the Electrical Safety Authority.

3. Perform tests and provide documentation as further described herein. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16000 Town of Georgina Page 7 of 7 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4. Provide Record Drawings to approval.

5. Provide manufacturers corrected "as built" shop drawings for all major electrical items and systems, including all shop drawings returned for modifications.

25.0 Cutting and Patching 1. Provide openings and sleeves in walls and floors, as required for work of this Section.

2. Pay for cutting and patching and making good as required for the work of Division 16000. Before commencing, obtain Consultant's approval for extent and nature of cutting. Make good disturbed surfaces to the consultant's approval.

26.0 Schedule of Work 1. Electrical services and auxiliary services will be maintained continuously without interruption. Interruptions to services will be confined to periods of time to be designated by the Consultant, and/or owner's designated representative. Include in tender for temporary connections, overtime labour charges, and such related allowances in order to conform to these conditions.

27.0 Hydro Charges 1. The General Contractor will pay the Hydro One service connection costs from the cash allowance as directed by the Landscape Architect.

2. It is the responsibility of the electrical subcontractor to co-ordinate the work of Hydro One to ensure prompt service connection.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 1 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

1.0 General 1. Comply with requirements and conditions of the Town of Georgina Request for Tender, Division1; the General Conditions of Contract; Supplementary Conditions, Tender Form and any requirements of Special Provisions applicable to this section of the work.

2. Conform to Section 16000 - Electrical - General Requirements.

2.0 Branch Circuit Wiring and Feeder Cables 1. Provide branch circuit wiring, conduits and feeders as required for Lighting, Power and auxiliary Systems. Separate conduit systems will be provided for feeder, lighting and power systems.

3.0 Holes and Drilling 1. Pneumatic hammers and percussion drills are prohibited.

2. Where not sleeved, make holes through concrete walls and floors by core-drill only.

3. Seal holes and sleeves through floors to serve as water dam.

4. Comply with requirements of CSA Standard No.A23.3 Paragraph 5-17.

4.0 Watertight Seal at Exterior Walls 1. Provide sleeve devices, cast into exterior walls below grade for conduits that pass into finished spaces. Convert non-metallic ducts to rigid steel conduits through such seals.

5.0 Fire Proofing and Sealing 1. Make watertight seal at sleeves at other openings through floors above grade. Sleeves to extend minimum 25 mm (1 inch) below finished floors.

2. Provide Fireproofing protection of openings through floors and fire rated walls.

3. Caulk spaces between conduit, cables and raceways with packing to Building Department approval. Pack and seal both sides of openings with putty, minimum thickness 25 mm (1 inch).

4. Cap unused sleeves through floors and walls.

6.0 Hangers and Inserts 1. Provide necessary hangers and inserts for work of this Division.

2. Erect hangers free of kinks and plumb; where plumb hangers are not possible install slanted hangers in pairs in a manner to balance the load. Secure to building structure by suitable means in a manner to develop full strength of hanger. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 2 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

3. Fasten to cast-in place concrete by suitable drilled or cast-in inserts.

4. Fasten to structural steel using bolts or welded fasteners.

5. Use trapeze hangers consisting of rods and unistrut where several conduits run together.

6. Do not use wood, chain, wire lashings, strap or grappler bar hangers except where noted or detailed. Percussion type fastenings (fastenings set by an explosive charge) may be used only with written permission of the Consultant.

7. Support outlet and junction boxes independently of the conduits running to them where required by electrical code and where deemed necessary by the Consultant. Use steel angle brackets or steel rods to support outlets for fixtures, which due to weight, require attachment to the building structure.

8. Drilled fastening to concrete will be self-drilling concrete anchors, Phillips "Red- Head" or approved equal. The maximum weight per fastening will not exceed 25% of manufacturer's "pull-out" load data.

7.0 Painting 1. In general, equipment will be galvanized or painted in the factory before being shipped to site. Where painting is required, the material will be sanded and cleaned. The metal will have an approved prime rust resistant coat and will be finished in two coats of an approved exterior gloss enamel paint.

2. After installation, touch up all scratches, chips, other damage and defects in paint, using zinc chromate primer or paint or special enamels as necessary to match the original.

3. Finish and colour of all equipment will be coordinated to provide uniform appearance.

4. Painting of conduits and supports and other exposed surface work will not be required under this contract.

5. Install material in time to be painted together with mounting surfaces.

6. Do not paint over nameplates.

8.0 Nameplates and Schedules 1. Identify electrical equipment supplied under this Division with 3 mm thick black laminated plastic nameplate to indicate equipment controlled to provide instruction or warning. Lettering will be 6 mm high for small devices such as control stations and at least 13 mm high for all other equipment. Submit a list of proposed nameplates for approval before manufacture.

2. Provide panelboards with typewritten schedules identifying outlets and equipment controlled by each branch circuit. Protect schedules with non- inflammable clear plastic. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 3 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

3. Identify junction boxes, pull boxes, cover plates, conduits and the like, provided for future extension, indicating their function.

9.0 Equipment Locations 1. Device plates will cover opening left for outlet box, and plates will be attached to boxes in an approved manner. Outlets and fixtures are to be located symmetrically.

2. The right is reserved to alter the location of equipment and outlets a distance of up to 3 metres without involving a change to the Contract amount, providing notice is given prior to installation.

10.0 Excavation and Backfill 1. Provide necessary excavating and backfilling required for work of this Division, performed as specified under another Division of the work, except as modified below.

2. Keep excavations free from water, pump as necessary. Provide and maintain adequate heat, shoring other necessary temporary protection.

3. Trench excavation will be carried out in strict conformity with the Trench Excavator Protection Act.

4. Excavation for underground services will be to required depths and dimension and will be prepared as required, so that no portion of any conduit or duct bank, bears directly against any rock or other hard surface.

5. Remove and dispose of all surplus excavated material.

6. Backfill trenches promptly after approval of work. Prevent damage to or displacement of walls, piping, conduits, waterproofing and other work.

7. For direct buried conduits installed in trenches excavated with a bucket backhoe; excavate to 150 mm below and a minimum of 100 mm either side of the conduit run. Fill back with a bedding of granular "A" gravel or sand. The additional depth trench with the sand or granular “A” backfill material is not required if the trench is excavated with a chain trencher. The material excavated with a chain trencher, all rocks and foreign materials removed is acceptable backfill material.

8. Refer to details on drawings and to utility company requirements for concrete encased duct installations.

9. Where excavation is necessary in proximity to and below the level of any footings, provide a sleeve at the proximity line and back fill with 20 mPa concrete to the level of the highest adjacent footing. Proximity is determined by the angle of repose as established by the Consultant.

10. Before backfilling, obtain approval. Remove all shoring during backfilling. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 4 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

11. Backfill trenches outside buildings up to a compacted level of 600 mm above the conduit with individual layers of material up to 150 mm (6") thick, machine compacted to a density of 98% Standard Proctor, using sand or granular "A" gravel (refer to 16005.10.7 and detail #SKE-1 on the drawings).

12. Make good existing paving, curbs, lawns and other work where damaged by excavation and filling work of this Division. Repair any subsequent settlement of fill placed under this and pay all costs in replacement of other work damaged by such settlement and restoration.

11.0 Support for Underground Services 1. Provide suitable solid support to comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, where solid, undisturbed earth stratum is not available for support of underground services. Minimum requirements where services pass through backfill or exterior foundation walls will be 20 mPa concrete fill, full depth to undisturbed earth.

2. Reinforced concrete duct banks will be keyed into sides of foundation walls. Extend and connect reinforcing steel of duct banks to reinforcing steel of foundation wall construction to prevent failure at the junction of the pipe support and wall.

12.0 Conduits, Raceways and Wireways 1. Wire and cable will be installed in conduit (or tubing) as follows:

a) Rigid and galvanized steel conduit with threaded IPS fittings to be used: -Where noted and required by regulations -Surface mounted within 1200 mm of floor and where subject to mechanical damage -Where embedded in poured-in-place concrete -Where installed in concrete which is in contact with earth or grade

2. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) may be used concealed in place of rigid conduit in dry locations subject to governing regulations.

3. Use flexible metallic conduit for connections to chain suspended and recessed fixture drops, motors, transformers and similar equipment to prevent transmission of vibration. A code-gauge green grounding conductor will be provided for all connections. Use "Sealtite" conduit with Hubbell-Kellum Sealtite conduit strain relief grips for all such connections at motors.

4. Conduit installed below grade and below concrete grade slabs will be rigid heavywall PVC type, with solvent weld joints and Electrical Safety Authority approved for use above grade. (CSA SPEC C22.2-No. 211.2). Rigid TYPE 2 PVC underground conduit, EBII, DBII and poly pipe are not acceptable.

5. Provide a separate code gauge supplementary green insulated, grounding conductor run in each conduit or duct, terminating a ground block at panelboards. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 5 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

6. Fasten every conduit to structural members by means of approved conduit clamps or clips. Wire lashing is not acceptable.

7. Where conduit is installed in concrete slabs, obtain general approval, prior to commencing the work, on both maximum dimension and cross-over points, which may be used therein. Comply with requirements of CSA Standard No.A23.3 paragraph 5.17.

8. Install conduits in such a manner as to conserve head-room and interfere as little as possible with free use of space through which they pass. Obtain approval for routing of the same. Keep conduits at least 150 mm (6") clear of heating pipes, flues and other high temperature work.

13.0 Wiring and Cable 1. Wire and cable will comprise copper conductors, sized as noted, rated 90 deg. C., 1000 volt minimum and CSA approved for applications.

2. All wire and cable unless noted, will be Type RWU which cable will not be installed at temperatures below 20 deg. F.

3. Use X-Link insulated cables for circuits protected by ground fault circuit interrupters.

4. Include in each conduit, tubing and raceway, a code gauge green stranded supplementary grounding conductor which will be connected to suitable ground bus in equipment.

5. Minimum wire size for power wiring will be #6 AWG gauge unless specified otherwise. Control wiring will be #10 AWG red insulation. Maximum voltage drop between furthest outlet of any circuit, when fully energized, and panel to which it is connected will not exceed three percent.

6. Number of wires indicated for lighting and power, control, communication, and auxiliary systems is intended to show general scheme only. The required number and types of wires will be installed in accordance with equipment manufacturer's diagrams and requirements, and with requirements of the installation, except that specification standards will not be reduced.

7. Solderless connectors nylon-jacketed "Vibration-Proof" screw-on wire connectors "Ideal-Wing Nuts" rated 600 volts will be used for joints in Branch Wiring.

8. Wires or cables in feeders, sub-feeders and branch circuits will be colour- coded in accordance with Ontario Electrical Safety Code. Each end of feeder terminations (e.g. in Switchboard, Panelboards, switches, splitters and the like) Code Phase A-Red, Phase B-Black, Phase C-Blue, Neutral-White. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 6 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

14.0 Outlet, Junction and Pull Boxes

1. Use suitable electrical boxes for termination and junctions on conduit work. Install pull-boxes where necessary to permit installation of conductors. Support pull-boxes, outlet boxes, panels and other cabinets independently of conduit.

2. Provide each light switch, wall receptacle and other device with an outlet box of suitable dimensions and a faceplate. Outlet boxes will be adapted to their respective locations. Use "Masonry Type" outlet boxes for flush installation in masonry walls as detailed on standard Detail Drawings attached hereto. (Standard sectional boxes, 1004, 1104 and the like, will not be used). Note: Special dimension requirements for 347 volt switches.

3. "Thruwall" and "Utility" type boxes will not be used.

4. Install surface mounted devices, in cast conduit fittings, with threaded hubs and galvanized steel faceplates. For 347 volt switches field modify cast fittings to reject 120 volt switches if factory modification not available.

5. Electrical boxes and panels will be CSA approved, code-gauge sheet metal, galvanized or with suitable protective treatment. Secure covers with screws or bolts.

15.0 Switches 1. Provide fusible and non-fusible switches of one manufacture EEMAC Type "HC" with quick-make, quick-break contacts, horsepower-rated where required to match the motor protected. Provide holders to accept specified fuses. Switches are to include mechanical cover interlocks and line side barriers.

2. Where applicable and available, switches will be CSA "Approved for High Service Factor."

3. Provide safety disconnect switches adjacent to motors and other equipment when required by regulations. Use switches of one manufacture throughout.

Acceptable manufacturers are: a) Schneider Square D b) Siemens c) Eaton Cutler-Hammer

16.0 Fuses 1. Fuse holders in fusible equipment generally will be provided with a complete set of proper size Form 1, HRC Nema J or L current limiting fuses, except as noted. Fusible equipment so provided will be adapted to reject CSA Standard C22.2 No. 59 fuses. Fuses will be one manufacture throughout.

2. Fuses for motor circuits will be class J Time Delay, HRC, (e.g.: Ferraz Shawmut Type AJT). JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 7 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

3. Select fuses for motor protection as recommended by the manufacturer.

4. Provide one complete set of spare fuses for each rating and type used, unless otherwise scheduled.

5. Apply Thomas and Betts "Kopr/Shield" conductive anti-seize compound to all fuse ferrules and holders.

6. Acceptable manufacturers are: a) Bussmann Limitron b) Littelfuse c) Ferraz Shawmut

17.0 Devices 1. Wiring devices unless otherwise specified herein, or noted, will be as manufactured by Hubbell, Leviton, or P & S. 2. All devices will be brown specification grade with 301 stainless steel covers unless otherwise noted.

18.0 Panel Boards 1. Provide panelboards as scheduled, which will include the following features:

a) Flush or surface trim as noted b) Self-closing springs c) Concealed hinges d) Combination catch and lock semi flush tumbler type - all keyed combinations alike e) Adjustable self-positioning trims f) Sufficient wiring space for specified cables and conduits. Except as noted, panelboard depths will not be less that 4 1/4", for panelboards with feeder conduits up to 2 ips. Depths will be increased accordingly for larger feeders g) Plain trims not displaying any names or symbols. "Vault" type handles will not be used except in unfinished areas h) Typed schedules of circuits indicating equipment and area controlled on the backs of panel doors, in a steel trim pocket, covered with transparent non-inflammable plastic

2. "Branch" panelboards will be fixed bolted connection thermal-magnetic, quick- make, quick-break, 40 deg. C., calibrated ULC rated "SWD" switching duty, molded-case circuit breakers branches, except as noted. "Plug-in" breakers are not acceptable. Multi-pole breakers will be common trip type. Circuit breakers in 347/600 volt panelboards will be rated 350 volt single pole and 600 volt for two and three pole.

3. Power and Distribution type panelboards will be fusible Q.M.-Q.B. (quick- make, quick-break) switch type and/or circuit breaker type, as scheduled on the drawings. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 8 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

4. Fusible switch type panelboards will be complete with suitable fuses as specified under "Fuses".

5. Circuit numbers on drawings do not necessarily correspond to the numbers on the lighting panels. Circuits sharing a common neutral will not be connected to the same main. Panel circuit breakers which are used directly for the switching of lighting fixtures will be grouped in consecutive numbers commencing at breaker number one.

6. Use T&B nylon ty-raps cable ties for panelboard branch wiring.

7. Panelboards of the types scheduled will comprise the following:

TYPE I Branch panelboard circuit breaker type, 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire mains, minimum interrupting rating of 10,000A RMS symmetrical at 250 volts.

TYPE II Branch panelboard circuit breaker type 347/600 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire mains minimum interrupting rating of 14,000A RMS symmetrical at 600 volts for 3 pole, and 10,000A RMS symmetrical at 347 volts for two and single pole circuit breakers.

TYPE III

Power distribution panelboard, circuit breaker type 347/600 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire mains, minimum interrupting rating of 18,000A RMS symmetrical at 600 volts.

8. Acceptable manufacturers are: a) Schneider Square D b) Siemens c) Eaton Cutler-Hammer

9. Examine architectural and mechanical plans and specifications to determine extent of electrical work in connection with these divisions which is to be done under the work of the Electrical Division.

10. Co-ordinate the exact location and verify characteristics of electrical provisions for the work of the Mechanical Division.

19.0 Electrical Service 1. Provide complete electrical service as shown on the drawings and as further described here.

2. The new 200 Amp 120/240 volt underground service for the park is to be supplied from an existing Hydro One distribution transformer located on the north side of Timberbank Square. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16005 Town of Georgina Page 9 of 9 April, 2020 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS

3. Grounding service, equipment, feeders, and the like will be performed in accordance with OESC regulations and Hydro One requirements.

4. The neutral conductor of the wiring system together with the conduit system and service equipment will be bonded to the service grounding as near as practical to the service entrance.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16010 Town of Georgina Page 1 of 5 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SYSTEMS & SCHEDULES

2. Conform to Section 16000-Electrical-General Requirements.

3. Provide electrical luminaires and floodlights and systems scheduled, complete with LED arrays, drivers and all necessary accessories required for their installation and performance.

2.0 Materials 1. Catalogue reference numbers given for individual luminaire and pole types are to be supplied as specified.

3.0 Shop Drawings 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 16000.

2. Prepare and electronically submit shop drawings in a pdf format of equipment required for review (Refer to the General Conditions of the contract). All shop drawings submitted for review must be reviewed and stamped by the electrical contractor prior to the submission. A copy is to be retained by the contractor on the site, to ensure co-ordination of installation requirements.

4.0 Type A Washroom Luminaire

1. Cooper Lighting “Fail-Safe HVSL” #HVSL4-4-LD4-2STD-40-UNV-O-EDC1-OS2- VRSD 68 watt, 120 volt, 4000K CCT LED, 48” long, 12” wide surface mounted, linear vandal resistant luminaire. Provide the owner with 1- #VRSD tamper proof screwdriver with the final documentation.

2. The luminaire is to be supplied with a ribbed opal polycarbonate lens, tamperproof fasteners, an integral electronic non-dimming driver, an integral occupancy sensor and a matte white finish.

3. The luminaire is to be located centred against the peak of the drywall ceiling and securely fastened to the steel channel roof structure with six (6) #12 Tek screws and plate washers. Provide triangular wood stud spacers flush at each end of the luminaire and in between to eliminate any visible void between the drywall ceiling and to facilitate mounting.

4. The luminaire is to be oriented level & parallel to the lines of the building. Refer to the building structural shop drawings to confirm the final location of the luminaire and the method of support.

5.0 Type B Mechanical/Electrical Room Luminaire

1. Cooper Lighting “Metalux SNLED Lensed” #4SNLED-LD5-82HL-SLC-UNV-L840- CD1-U-AYC-Chain/Set 62 watt, 120 volt, 4000K CCT LED, chain hung, 48” long narrow striplight. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16010 Town of Georgina Page 2 of 5 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SYSTEMS & SCHEDULES

2. The luminaire is to be supplied with a die formed cold rolled steel housing, an integral 0-10V electronic dimming driver, a pair of chain hangers, a square flat clear acrylic lense and a matte white paint finish.

3. The luminaire is to be secured at two (2) points with #10 gauge zinc plated jack chain along the centre line of the drywall ceiling and securely fastened to the steel channel roof structure with #12 Tek screws and plate washers.

4. The luminaire is to be mounted below the mechanical ductwork and oriented level & parallel to the lines of the building. Refer to the building structural shop drawings to confirm the final location of the luminaire and the method of support.

6.0 Type C Exterior Wall Mounted Luminaire

1. Cooper Lighting “Lumark XTOR Crosstour LED” #XTOR3B-W-BK 26 watt, 120 volt, 4000K CCT LED surface wall mounted luminaire with a die-cast aluminium hinged door, back box and a black polyester powder coat paint finish.

2. Securely fasten the luminaire to the masonry clad wall 50mm below the roof line with four (4) ¼”-20 concrete wedge anchors and plate washers.

3. Provide a bead of clear silicone sealant between the luminaire back box and the wall on all four sides.

7.0 Type R Single Remote DC Luminaire 1. A remote single-head DC luminaire, Lumacell MQMP-NC series 4 watt 6VDC LED shielded to prevent tampering.

2. Lumacell #MQMP1NCLD1T surface wall mounted, remote emergency luminaire with one (1) 4 Watt MR16 6VDC LED head connected to the DC output of the noted battery unit.

3. The luminaire is to be supplied with all lamps and tamper proof hardware.

4. Securely fasten the luminaire to the concrete wall 50mm below the underside of the ceiling with four (4) ¼”-20 concrete wedge anchors and plate washers.

8.0 Type BU-1 Wall Mounted Battery Unit 1. A complete lighting assembly consisting of a Lumacell RGS Series 36 watt 120VAC/6VDC battery unit with two (2) 4 Watt MR16 6VDC LED heads.

2. Lumacell #RGS362LD1 wall mounted, emergency battery unit connected to the local lighting circuit.

3. Securely fasten the battery unit to the concrete wall 200mm below the underside of the ceiling with two (2) ¼”-20 concrete wedge anchors and plate washers. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16010 Town of Georgina Page 3 of 5 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SYSTEMS & SCHEDULES

9.0 Type W Walkway Lighting Assembly

1. A complete lighting assembly consisting of a StressCrete direct buried, precast concrete pole with a Cooper Lighting pole top LED luminaire.

2. The concrete pole will be StressCrete #E200-APR-G-E11c/w140-25/45 pre- stressed “Décor Series” tapered round 20 foot long finished in #E11 Eclipse (black), etched aggregate.

3. Each pole will be supplied with a black cast metal handhole cover with tamper proof screws, a pole top tenon (2.5” O.D. X 4.5” long), a cast-in ground wire and an overall clear acrylic sealer.

4. The overall pole length is to be 20 feet, for a finished 15 foot luminaire mounting height. Refer to detail #SKE-1.

5. The luminaire will be Cooper Lighting “Invue Icon Small” #ICS-EO2-LED-E1-T3- BK-8030-VA1006-BK-VA1019-BK 52 watt, 240 volt, 3000K CCT LED with a #VA1019 round tenon adapter and a #VA1006 6” long arm.

6. The luminaire will have an IES Type III LED optical distribution, an integral electronic driver and the luminaire housing will be finished in Cooper Lighting standard black polyester powder coat paint to match the pole.

7. The luminaire is to be wired with #10 RWU stranded cables from the pole hand hole.

10.0 Type P Parking Lot Lighting Assembly

1. A complete lighting assembly consisting of a StressCrete direct buried, precast concrete pole with a Cooper Lighting pole top LED luminaire.

2. The concrete pole will be StressCrete #E300-APR-G-E11c/w140-25/45 pre- stressed “Décor Series” tapered round 30 foot long finished in #E11 Eclipse (black), etched aggregate.

3. Each pole will be supplied with a black cast metal handhole cover with tamper proof screws, a pole top tenon (2.5” O.D. X 4.5” long), a cast-in ground wire and an overall clear acrylic sealer.

4. The overall pole length is to be 30 feet, for a finished 24 foot luminaire mounting height. Refer to detail #SKE-1.

5. The luminaire will be Cooper Lighting “Invue Icon Medium” #ICM-EO3-LED-E1- SL4-BK-8030-HSS-VA1012-BK-VA1033-BK 75 watt, 240 volt, 3000K CCT LED with a #VA1033 round tenon adapter and a #VA1012 7” long arm.

6. The luminaire will have an IES Type IV with Spill Control LED optical distribution, an integral electronic driver, a factory installed house side shield and the luminaire housing will be finished in Cooper Lighting standard black polyester powder coat paint to match the pole. 7. The luminaire is to be wired with #10 RWU stranded cables from the pole hand hole. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16010 Town of Georgina Page 4 of 5 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SYSTEMS & SCHEDULES

11.0 Type G Gazebo Lighting Assembly 1. A complete lighting assembly consisting of a ceiling mounted Kenall Lighting “Millenium Square” luminaire with custom mounting brackets.

2. Kenall Lighting “Millenium Square” #MS11FD-PP-MB-20L35K-DV-9500 12” square surface, 20 watt, 240 volt, vandal resistant 3500K CCT LED luminaire. Provide the owner with one (1) #9500 Torx tamper proof screwdriver with the final documentation.

3. The luminaire will have an IP64 die cast aluminum housing with a matte black overall finish, a full face pearlescent polycarbonate lense, an integral electronic driver and a ‘Peace of Mind’ guarantee.

4. Securely fasten the luminaire to the structural supports of the underside of the gazebo roof with four (4) ¼”-20 machine bolts, fender washers and nuts.

5. Provide suitable hot dipped galvanized steel mounting brackets to secure the luminaire to the ceiling utilizing ¼”-20 machine bolts and plate washers drilled and tapped into the steel structure. JULIA MUNRO PARK Section 16010 Town of Georgina Page 5 of 5 April, 2020 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SYSTEMS & SCHEDULES

JULIA MUNRO PARK WASHROOM/SERVICE BUILDING PANEL LP-A

200 amp 120/240 volt 1-phase 3-wire surface 32 circuit combination service entrance rated panel with a 2-pole 200 amp main breaker and bolt-on branch circuit breakers. Siemens Type ‘P1’ or equal.

Exterior Building Lighting 15A 1 2 15A Control Power

Spare 15A 3 4 15A Interior Building Lighting

Splash Pad Control Panel 15AGFI 5 6 15A Exhaust Fan #EF-1

Receptacle 15A 7 8 15A Receptacle

Spare 15A 9 10 15A Spare

Spare 15A 11 12 15A Spare 13 14 Walkway/Parking Lot Ltg. 15A 30A Fan-Forced Heater { 15 16 } 17 18 Fan-Forced Heater 30A 30A Fan-Forced Heater { 19 20 } 21 22 Spare 15A 30A Spare { 23 24 } 25 26

27 28

29 30

31 32

END OF SECTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE TOWN OF GEORGINA

Julia Munro Park Public Washrooms Building Julia Munro Park, Town of Georgina, Ontario

REVISION NO. 2 ISSUED FOR TENDER

Project: 18695 April 2020 KEEWATIN GROUP LTD. Consulting Engineers 2900 Langstaff Road, Unit #21 Concord, Ontario L4K 4R9 Tel: (905) 669-9765 E: [email protected] JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS Index Page 1 of 1

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

Section #03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories Section #03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing Section #03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete Section #03 35 00 - Concrete Finishing

DIVISION 4 - MASONRY

Section #04 23 00 - Glass Block

DIVISION 5 - METALS

Section #05 41 00 – Structural Metal Stud Framing Section #05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications

DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

Section #06 16 00 - Durock-cement-board-arc-specs-061600-en

DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION

Section #07 19 00 - Air and Vapour Barriers Section #07 30 00 - Metal Flashing & Trim Section #07 90 00 – Sealant

DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS

Section #08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Section #08 71 00 - Door Hardware

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

Section #09 65 22 - Seamless Flooring Section #09 91 23 - Interior Painting

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

Section #10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DOCUMENTS

.1 This section, along with the Drawings, forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted and coordinated with all other parts.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK INCLUDED

.1 Provide all labour, materials, equipment and services necessary to supply, erect, and strip all formwork and falsework for poured-in-place concrete shown or indicated on the contract drawings and specifications.

1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

.1 Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200

.2 Cast-In-Place Concrete: Section 03300

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

.1 Concrete formwork shall conform to the requirements of the following standards unless otherwise required by this specification:

.1 Ontario Building Code

.2 CSA-A23.1-94 Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction.

.3 CSA-A23.3-94 Code for the Design of Concrete Structures for Buildings.

.4 CAN/CSA S269.3-M92 Concrete Formwork.

.5 ACI 347-1978 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.

.2 Where the standard is referred to in this specification it shall mean the documents specified in this clause and their referenced documents.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

.1 Work of this section must be completed by a Contractor having a minimum of 5 years of experience in work of an equivalent scale.

Page 1 of 4 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

.1 Products shall satisfy the requirements of the standard unless otherwise specified herein or on the Drawings.

2.2 MATERIALS

.1 Forms for concrete shall be G.1.S. sanded exterior grade Douglas Fir plywood in as large a sheet as practical, or steel, or other pre-approved form grade material. Forms shall not have patches, broken edges, or joint widths greater than 1.5mm.

.2 The form release agent shall be a pre-approved chemical agent, not an oil.

.3 Form ties shall be of a type which leaves no metal within 25mm (1") of the concrete surface and shall be to the approval of the Consultant.

2.3 DESIGN OF FORMWORK, FALSEWORK AND RESHORING .1 Conform to the standard.

.2 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the structural adequacy of the forms to withstand all concrete and construction loads.

.3 As a minimum, the work shall conform with CSA-A23.1 Section 11.

.4 Where concrete is exposed to view, forms are to be laid out so that joints are kept to a minimum and located in an orderly and symmetrical arrangement where possible. The location of form ties shall be evenly spaced and in straight horizontal and vertical lines. Spacing and location of form tie holes shall be detailed by the Contractor and approved by the Consultant. See also the architectural drawings and specifications for any special requirements for architectural concrete.

.5 The strength and rigidity of the forms shall be such that they will not leak mortar or result in visible irregularities in the finished concrete, but in any case the deflection of facing materials between studs as well as deflection of studs and walls shall not exceed 0.0025 times the span.

.6 Form shall be so constructed that the finished concrete will conform to the shape,

Page 2 of 4 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK

dimensions and tolerances as specified in the standard or on the structural drawing, whichever is most rigorous. They shall also incorporate the cambers specified on the structural drawings.

.7 The Contractor shall submit details of sequence and extent of formwork removal and reshoring to the Consultant for review. Such details shall include magnitude of loads and location of all reshores. Forms shall not be removed or adjusted until the review is complete. Such review does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for formwork and safety during construction.

.8 Do not exceed the safe live load of the structure with any construction or shoring loads considering the age and strength of the concrete.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

3.2 ERECTION

.1 Install all inserts including anchors, ties, bolts, nailers, anchor bolts, embedded plates, and forms for openings as required by all trades.

.2 Provide all mechanical and electrical blockouts and sleeves as shown on the Drawings or required in the Specifications. Sleeves, openings, etc. not on the structural drawings must be approved by the Consultant. Sleeves, openings, etc. shown on the structural drawings must be confirmed with mechanical, electrical and architectural drawings.

.3 Keep all untreated forms moist to prevent shrinkage prior to placing of concrete and wet the surface at time of placing.

.4 Treated formwork surfaces shall have the approved form coating applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, prior to placing reinforcing steel. Remove any excess form coating.

3.3 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK

.1 Forms shall not be removed until concrete has attained sufficient strength that no damage to strength or continuity of concrete will occur when forms are removed. Time for

Page 3 of 4 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK

formwork removal of suspended concrete shall be approved by the Consultant. See also the requirements of Section 2.3

.2 Prying against face of concrete to remove forms is not allowed, only wooden wedges shall be used.

.3 Where forms are being re-used, thoroughly clean and retreat them.

.4 Removal of form ties shall be done carefully to avoid marking of concrete and to allow for patching. Grout bottom of form tie hole to prevent rust staining.

.5 Form tie holes in concrete exposed to chloride shall be grouted in a manner that minimizes the penetration of chloride ions over time.

END OF SECTION 03100

Page 4 of 4 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DOCUMENTS

.1 This section, along with the Drawings, forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted and coordinated with all other parts.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK INCLUDED

.1 Provide all labour, materials, equipment and services necessary to supply and install reinforcing steel work shown or indicated in all the contract drawings and specifications including accessories such as hanger bars, spirals, wire ties, support bars, chairs, spacers supports or other devices required to position reinforcing properly.

1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

.1 Concrete Formwork: Section 03100

.2 Testing of Concrete/Reinforcement: Section 03110

.3 Cast-In-Place Concrete: Section 03300

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

.1 Concrete reinforcing shall conform to the requirements of the following standards unless otherwise required by this specification: Ontario Building Code CSA-A23.1-94 Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction. CSA-A23.2-94 Methods of Test for Concrete. CSA-A23.3-94 Code for the Design of Concrete Structures for Buildings. CAN/CSA G30.5-M1983 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. CAN/CSA G30.18-M92 Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. CAN/CSA G30.15-M1983 Welded Deformed Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. CAN/CSA W186-M1981 Welding of Reinforcing Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction. CSA S413-94 Parking Structures. ACI Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing.

.2 Where the standard is referred to in this specification it shall mean the documents specified in this clause and their referenced documents.

Page 1 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

1.5 TESTING

.1 As per Section 03110 - Concrete/Reinforcement Testing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL .1 Products shall satisfy the requirements of the standard unless otherwise specified herein or on the drawings.

2.2 MATERIALS

.1 Reinforcing bars shall conform to CAN/CSA G30.18 unless otherwise specified herein or on the drawings.

.2 Reinforcing not in accordance with the above standards shall not be used.

.3 Welded wire fabric shall conform to CAN/CSA G30.5 or CAN/CSA G30.15, size and gauges as shown on the drawings.

.4 Welded wire fabric for slabs shall be delivered in sheets, rolled material will not be acceptable.

.5 Plastic ties or plastic coated wires shall be used for tying epoxy-coated reinforcement.

.6 Mechanical splices shall be made with Cadweld rebar couplers as manufactured by Erico Products, 46 Ingram Drive, Toronto, Canada. Preparation of rebar and installation of couplers shall be in strict accordance with splice manufacturer's recommendations.

Page 2 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

.1 All phases of concrete formwork construction shall be in accordance with the standard unless otherwise specified herein or on the drawings. The work shall be done by workers who are skilled and experienced in their trade. .2 Construction is to be performed in accordance with OPSS 904, the Contract Drawings and OPSD Standard Drawings. .3 The Contractor shall notify the Consultant and Testing Agency at least 24 hours before any concrete is placed in order that they may review the work. .4 Submit reinforcing shop drawings as per Section 01300

3.2 FABRICATION .1 Reinforcing bars shall be cold bent. Bars shall not be straightened or re-bent. .2 Splices in reinforcing bars at locations not shown on the drawings must be submitted for review by the Consultant. Such splices shall conform to the standards. .3 Fabrication, handling and shipping of epoxy-coated steel shall conform to MTC Form 905.

3.3 PLACING .1 Reinforcing of size and shapes shown on the structural drawings shall be accurately placed in accordance with the drawings and the requirements of the standard. .2 Reinforcement shall be adequately supported by chairs, spacers, support bars, hangers or other accessories, and secured against displacement within the tolerances permitted in the standard. Support devices contacting surfaces exposed to the exterior shall be non-corroding. .3 Bars that are not part of the structural design or drawings, and whose only function is supporting other reinforcing in lieu of other support accessories, shall be considered as accessories. .4 Position wire mesh in slab-on-grade as noted in the drawings. Provide adequate support for wire mesh to ensure proper placement without displacement. Slab-on-grade will be cored to determine as-built location of wire mesh. Reinforcing not placed within the specified tolerances will be rejected.

3.4 WELDING .1 Any welding of reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with CAN/CSA W186. .2 Copies of the Canadian Welding Bureau approved welding procedure and certificate of current operator qualification shall be submitted to the Consultant prior to commencement of welding.

END OF SECTION 03200

Page 3 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 1 of 9

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.2 Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories.

.3 Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing.

.4 Section 03 35 00 - Concrete Finishing.

.5 Section 03 35 05 - Concrete Floor Hardening.

1.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES .1 Cast-in-place concrete will not be measured but will be paid for as a fixed price item.

1.3 REFERENCES .1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .1 ASTM C260/C260M, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. .2 ASTM C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. .3 ASTM C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. .4 ASTM D412, Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension. .5 ASTM D624, Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomer. .6 ASTM D1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). .2 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) .1 CAN/CGSB-51.34, Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction. .3 Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .1 CSA-A23.1/A23.2, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction/Methods of Test and Standard Practices for Concrete. .2 CSA A283, Qualification Code for Concrete Testing Laboratories. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 2 of 9

.3 CAN/CSA-A3000, Cementitious Materials Compendium (Consists of A3001, A3002, A3003, A3004 and A3005). .4 CSA-A3001, Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete.

1.4 ACRONYMS AND TYPES .1 Cement: hydraulic cement or blended hydraulic cement (XXb - where b denotes blended). .1 Type GU or GUb - General use cement.

1.5 SUBMITTALS .1 At least 4 weeks prior to commencing work, inform Owner’s Representative of proposed source of aggregates and provide access for sampling.

.2 Submit testing results and reports for review by Owner’s Representative and do not proceed without written approval when deviations from mix design or parameters are found.

.3 Certificates: .1 Minimum 4 weeks prior to starting concrete work submit to Owner’s Representative manufacturer's test data and certification by qualified independent inspection and testing laboratory that following materials will meet specified requirements: .1 Portland cement. .2 Blended hydraulic cement. .3 Supplementary cementing materials. .4 Grout. .5 Admixtures. .6 Aggregates. .7 Water. .8 Waterstops. .9 Waterstop joints. .10 Joint filler. .2 Provide certification that mix proportions selected will produce concrete of quality, yield and strength as specified in concrete mixes, and will comply with CSA-A23.1/A23.2. .3 Provide certification that plant, equipment, and materials to be used in concrete comply with requirements of CSA-A23.1/A23.2.

1.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL .1 Have all concrete produced and delivered by a ready-mix plant that is a member of the Atlantic Provinces Ready Mixed Concrete Association (APRMCA) and holds a current “Certificate of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities” issued by the JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 3 of 9

Association. Submit a copy of this certificate to the Owner’s Representative for approval.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Minimum 4 weeks prior to starting concrete work, submit proposed quality control procedures in accordance with Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control for Owner’s Representative approval for following items: .1 Falsework erection. .2 Hot weather concrete. .3 Cold weather concrete. .4 Curing. .5 Finishes. .6 Formwork removal. .7 Joints.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Concrete hauling time: maximum allowable time for concrete to be delivered to site of Work and discharged not to exceed 120 minutes after batching. .1 Modifications to maximum time limit must be agreed to Owner’s Representative and concrete producer as described in CSA A23.1/A23.2. .2 Deviations to be submitted for review by Owner’s Representative. .2 Concrete delivery: ensure continuous concrete delivery from plant meets CSA A23.1/A23.2.

.3 Waste Management and Disposal: .1 Divert unused concrete materials from landfill to local facility approved by Owner’s Representative. .2 Provide an appropriate area on the job site where concrete trucks can be safely washed. .3 Divert unused admixtures and additive materials (pigments, fibres) from landfill to official hazardous material collections site as approved by the Owner’s Representative. .4 Unused admixtures and additive materials must not be disposed of into sewer systems, into lakes, streams, onto ground or in other location where it will pose health or environmental hazard. .5 Prevent admixtures and additive materials from entering drinking water supplies or streams. Using appropriate safety precautions, collect liquid or solidify liquid with inert, noncombustible material and remove for disposal. Dispose of waste in accordance with applicable local, Provincial and National regulations. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 4 of 9

1.9 SITE CONDITIONS .1 Placing concrete during rain or weather events that could damage concrete is prohibited.

.2 Protect newly placed concrete from rain or weather events in accordance with CSA A23.1/A23.2.

.3 Cold weather protection: .1 Maintain protection equipment, in readiness on Site. .2 Use such equipment when ambient temperature below 5°C, or when temperature may fall below 5°C before concrete cured. .3 Placing concrete upon or against surface at temperature below 5°C is prohibited. .4 Hot weather protection: .1 Protect concrete from direct sunlight when ambient temperature above 27°C. .2 Prevent forms of getting too hot before concrete placed. Apply accepted methods of cooling not to affect concrete adversely. .5 Protect from drying.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS .1 Portland cement: to CAN/CSA-A3001, Type GU.

.2 Water: to CAN/CSA-A23.1.

.3 Aggregates: to CSA-A23.1/A23.2.

.4 Coarse aggregates to be normal density to CSA-A23.1/A23.2.

.5 Admixtures: .1 Air entraining admixture: to ASTM C260. .2 Chemical admixtures: to ASTM C494, Owner’s Representative to approve accelerating or set retarding admixtures during cold and hot weather placing. .6 Non premixed dry pack grout: composition of non metallic aggregate Portland cement with sufficient water for the mixture to retain its shape when made into a ball by hand and capable of developing compressive strength of 50 MPa at 28 days.

.7 Ribbed waterstops: extruded PVC of sizes indicated shop welded corner and intersecting pieces. .1 Tensile strength: to ASTM D412, method A, Die "C". JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 5 of 9

.2 Elongation: to ASTM D412, method A, Die "C", minimum 275%. .3 Tear resistance: to ASTM D624, method A, Die "B". .8 Premoulded joint fillers: .1 Bituminous impregnated fiber board: to ASTM D1751. .9 Polyethylene film: minimum 0.25 mm thickness to ASTM C171.

.10 Bonding adhesive: as approved by Owner’s Representative.

2.2 MIXES .1 Proportion normal density concrete in accordance with CSA-A23.1/A23.2, Alternative 1 to give following quality and yield for all concrete. .1 Cement: .1 Type GU Portland cement. .2 Minimum compressive strength at 28 days: for structural design. .3 Minimum cement content: 300 kg/m3 of concrete. .4 Class of exposure: N. .5 Nominal size of coarse aggregate: 20 mm. .6 Slump at time and point of discharge: 75 to 100 mm. .7 Air content: 5 to 8 %. .8 Chemical admixtures: admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION .1 Obtain Owner’s Representative approval before placing concrete. Provide two (2) working days notice prior to placing of concrete.

.2 Place concrete reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing.

.3 During concreting operations: .1 Development of cold joints not allowed. .2 Ensure concrete delivery and handling facilitates placing with minimum of re-handling, and without damage to existing structure or Work. .4 Pumping of concrete is permitted only after approval of equipment and mix.

.5 Ensure reinforcement and inserts are not disturbed during concrete placement.

.6 Prior to placing of concrete obtain Owner’s Representative approval of proposed method for protection of concrete during placing and curing in adverse weather. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 6 of 9

.7 Protect previous Work from staining.

.8 Clean and remove stains prior to application for concrete finishes.

.9 Maintain accurate records of poured concrete items to indicate date, location of pour, quality, air temperature and test samples taken.

.10 Do not place load upon new concrete until authorized by Owner’s Representative.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION .1 Do cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with CSA-A23.1/A23.2.

.2 Sleeves and inserts. .1 No sleeves, ducts, pipes or other openings shall pass through joists, beams, column capitals or columns, except where indicated or approved by Owner’s Representative. .2 Where approved by Owner’s Representative, set sleeves, ties, pipe hangers and other inserts and openings as indicated or specified elsewhere. Sleeves and openings greater than 100 x 100 mm not indicated, must be approved by Owner’s Representative. .3 Do not eliminate or displace reinforcement to accommodate hardware. If inserts cannot be located as specified, obtain approval of modifications from Owner’s Representative before placing of concrete. .4 Check locations and sizes of sleeves and openings shown on drawings. .5 Set special inserts for strength testing as indicated and as required by non- destructive method of testing concrete. .3 Anchor bolts. .1 Set anchor bolts to templates under supervision of appropriate trade prior to placing concrete. .2 With approval of Owner’s Representative, grout anchor bolts in preformed holes or holes drilled after concrete has set. Formed holes to be minimum 100 mm diameter. Drilled holes to be manufacturers's recommendations. .3 Protect anchor bolt holes from water accumulations, snow and ice build-ups. .4 Set bolts and fill holes with shrinkage compensating grout. .5 Locate anchor bolts used in connection with expansion shoes, rollers and rockers with due regard to ambient temperature at time of erection. .4 Grout under base plates using procedures in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations which result in 100 % contact over grouted area.

.5 Finishing. .1 Finish concrete in accordance with CSA-A23.1/A23.2. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 7 of 9

.2 Use procedures acceptable to Owner’s Representative or those noted in CSA-A23.1/A23.2, to remove excess bleed water. Ensure surface is not damaged. .3 Wet cure using polyethylene sheets placed over sufficiently hardened concrete to prevent damage. Overlap adjacent edges 150 mm and tightly seal with sand on wood planks. Weigh sheets down to maintain close contact with concrete during the entire curing period. .4 Where burlap is used for moist curing, place two prewetted layers on concrete surface and keep continuously wet during curing period. .5 Finish concrete floor to meet requirements of CSA-A23.1/A23.2. .6 Concrete floor to have finish hardness equal or greater than Mohs hardness in accordance with CSA-A23.1/A23.2. .7 Provide swirl-trowelled finish for exterior walks, ramps, pads. .8 Provide float finish for interior floor slabs. .9 Rub exposed sharp edges of concrete with carborundum to produce 3 mm radius edges unless otherwise indicated. .6 Waterstops. .1 Install waterstops to provide continuous water seal. .2 Do not distort or pierce waterstop in such a way as to hamper performance. .3 Do not displace reinforcement when installing waterstops. .4 Use equipment to manufacturer's requirements to field splice waterstops. .5 Tie waterstops rigidly in place. .6 Use only straight heat sealed butt joints in field. .7 Use factory welded corners and intersections unless otherwise approved by Owner’s Representative. .7 Joint fillers. .1 Furnish filler for each joint in single piece for depth and width required for joint, unless otherwise authorized by Owner’s Representative. .2 When more than one piece is required for a joint, fasten abutting ends and hold securely to shape by stapling or other positive fastening. .3 Locate and form, isolation, construction and expansion joints as indicated. Install joint filler. .4 Use 12 mm thick joint filler to separate slabs-on-grade from vertical surfaces and extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 12 mm of finished slab surface unless indicated otherwise. .8 Dampproof membrane. .1 Install dampproof membrane under concrete slabs-on-grade inside building. .2 Lap dampproof membrane minimum 150 mm at joints and seal. .3 Seal punctures in dampproof membrane before placing concrete. Use patching material at least 150 mm larger than puncture and seal. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 8 of 9

3.3 SITE TOLERANCE .1 Concrete slab tolerances in accordance with CSA-A23.1/A23.2, F-number Method, FF =25, FL = 20.

.2 Finish all interior exposed concrete slabs to a tight consistent steel trowel appearance without burnishing the surface.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .1 Inspection and testing of concrete and concrete materials will be carried out by a Testing Laboratory designated by Owner’s Representative in accordance with CSA- A23.1/A23.2, and Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control.

.2 For compressive strength testing of concrete a minimum of four (4) cylinders and three (3) field cured cylinders are required for: .1 Each day’s pour. .2 Each type of grade of concrete. .3 Each change of supplier. .4 Each 50 cubic meters or fraction thereof for footings and foundation walls, requirements of CAN/CSA A 23.1. .5 Conduct at least one (1) slump and one (1) air entrainment test with each compressive strength test. .3 Pay for costs of tests as specified from Cash Allowance. Costs of retesting due to deficient work will be paid for by contractor, by credit change order.

.4 Take additional test cylinders during cold weather concreting. Cure cylinders on job site under same conditions as concrete which they represent.

.5 Non-destructive Methods for Testing Concrete shall be in accordance with CSA- A23.1/A23.2.

.6 Provide Certificate of Field Quality Inspection and Testing to Owner’s Representative for inclusion in Commissioning Manual.

.7 Inspection or testing by Owner’s Representative will not augment or replace Contractor quality control nor relieve the Contractor of his contractual responsibility.

3.5 DEFECTIVE WORK .1 Repairs and classification of unacceptable concrete to be in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1.

.2 Remove defective concrete and embedded debris and repair as directed by Owner’s Representative. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete Page 9 of 9

.3 Remove to bare concrete curing compounds detrimental to application of specified finishes.

.4 Concrete to be supplied at the minimum strength requirement at 28 days. Tests indicating strengths lower than specified will necessitate further testing as required by the Owner’s Representative. Cost for such testing to be at the Contractor’s expense. Should further tests confirm low values, the Owner’s Representative has the right to require strengthening of the affected area or removal and replacing of the weak concrete all to the Contractor’s expense.

.5 Repair all shrinkage cracks in the completed slab-on-grade to remain exposed employing a suitable epoxy injection technique acceptable to Owner’s Representative to completely seal all such cracks, all to the Contractor’s expense.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 35 00 – Concrete Finishing Page 1 of 3

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.2 Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete .

1.2 REFERENCES .1 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) .1 CAN/CGSB-25.20, Surface Sealer for Floors. .2 Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .1 CSA-A23.1/A23.2, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction/Methods of Test and Standard Practices for Concrete.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .1 Product quality and quality of work in accordance with Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.2 Submit written declaration that components used are compatible and will not adversely affect finished flooring products and their installation adhesives.

1.4 PRODUCT DATA .1 Submit WHMIS MSDS - Material Safety Data Sheets. WHMIS MSDS acceptable to Labour Canada and Health and Welfare Canada for concrete floor treatment materials. Indicate VOC content.

.2 Include application instructions for concrete floor treatment.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS .1 Temporary lighting: .1 Minimum 1200 W light source, placed 2.5 m above floor surface, for each 40 sq m of floor being treated. .2 Electrical power: .1 Provide sufficient electrical power to operate equipment normally used during construction. .3 Work area: .1 Make the work area water tight protected against rain and detrimental weather conditions. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 35 00 – Concrete Finishing Page 2 of 3

.4 Temperature: .1 Maintain ambient temperature of not less than 10°C from 7 days before installation to at least 48 hours after completion of work and maintain relative humidity not higher than 40% during same period. .5 Moisture: .1 Ensure concrete substrate is within moisture limits prescribed by flooring manufacturer. .6 Safety: .1 Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials. .7 Ventilation: .1 Ventilate area of work as directed by Owner’s Representative by use of approved portable supply and exhaust fans. .2 Ventilate enclosed spaces in accordance with Section 01 51 00 - Temporary Utilities. .3 Provide continuous ventilation during and after coating application.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CHEMICAL HARDENERS .1 Type 1- Sodium silicate.

.2 Water: potable.

2.2 SEALING COMPOUNDS .1 Surface sealer: to CAN/CGSB-25.20, Type 2 - water based.

.2 Surface sealers may not be manufactured or formulated with aromatic solvents formaldehyde halogenated solvents mercury lead cadmium hexavelant chromium and their compounds.

2.3 WET CURE .1 Clear polyethylene film to ASTM C171, minimum thickness 0.15 mm.

2.4 MIXES .1 Mixing, ratios and application in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

Section 03 35 00 – Concrete Finishing Page 3 of 3

2.5 JOINT SEALANT .1 Joint sealants to Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Verify that slab surfaces are ready to receive work and elevations are as indicated on drawings by manufacturer.

3.2 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SLAB .1 Rub exposed sharp edges of concrete with carborundum to produce 3 mm radiused edges unless otherwise indicated.

.2 Saw cut control joints to CSA-A23.1/A23.2, 24 hours maximum after placing of concrete.

.3 Use mechanical stripping to remove chlorinated rubber or existing surface coatings.

.4 Use protective clothing, eye protection, respiratory equipment during stripping of chlorinated rubber or existing surface coatings.

3.3 APPLICATION .1 After floor treatment is dry, seal control joints and joints at junction with vertical surfaces with sealant.

.2 Apply floor treatment in accordance with Sealer manufacturer's written instructions.

.3 Clean overspray. Clean sealant from adjacent surfaces.

3.4 PROTECTION .1 Protect finished installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04300 – GLASS UNIT MASONRY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control.

.3 Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.4 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.5 Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures.

.6 Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

.7 Section 04 05 00 – Common Work Results for Masonry.

.8 Section 04 05 12 – Masonry Mortar and Grout.

.9 Section 04 05 19 - Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcing.

.10 Section 04 05 23 - Masonry Accessories.

.11 Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .1 ASTM A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. .2 ASTM A153/A153M, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. .2 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) .1 CAN/CGSB-19.13, Sealing Compound, One-Component, Elastomeric, Chemical Curing. .3 Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .1 CAN/CSA-A3000, Consolidation - Cementitious Materials Compendium. .2 CSA A371, Masonry Construction for Buildings. .3 CSA A179, Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry. .4 CSA G30.3, Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. .4 Underwriter's Laboratories of Canada (ULC) JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04300 – GLASS UNIT MASONRY

.1 CAN4-S106, Fire Test of Window and Glass Block Assemblies.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .1 Glass block panels not to be designed to support structural loads.

.2 Provide for expansion and movement at jambs and heads of panels. Do not bridge expansion spaces with mortar.

.3 Design and install glass block projects by whole units only. Cutting of glass block units not recommended.

1.4 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit product data, shop drawings, samples, and manufacturer's installation instructions.

.2 Submit product data on glass units and accessories.

.3 Samples: submit two glass units illustrating size variations, colour, design, and face pattern.

.4 Manufacturer's installation instructions: submit manufacturer's installation instructions to requirements of Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.5 Closeout submittals: submit maintenance data under provisions of Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures and 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals. .1 Include instructions for cleaning units.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Mock-up .1 Construct mock-up in accordance with Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control. .2 Construct mock-up 10 m2 minimum of brick unit masonry in area designated by Owner’s Representative before proceeding with brick unit masonry work. .3 Allow two (2) working days for inspection of mock-up by Owner’s Representative before proceeding with Concrete Unit Masonry Work. .2 Test reports: certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties.

.3 Certificates: product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements.

.4 Pre-installation meeting: conduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements manufacturer’s instructions and manufacturer’s warranty requirements. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04300 – GLASS UNIT MASONRY

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS .1 Manufacturer: company specializing in manufacturing products of this Section with minimum 10 years experience.

.2 Installer: company specializing in performing the work of this Section approved by manufacturer, minimum 5 years experience.

.3 Design structural installations under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in structural design of glass unit masonry installations and registered in the Province of Newfoundland and Labrador.

1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS .1 Conform to applicable code for fire rated installations.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS .1 Provide ten of each type and size of glass units, under provisions of Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures, and Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

.2 Supply in original cartons using cushioning materials between units. Attach label identifying: .1 Project Name. .2 Description of Contents: name of manufacturer, tradename of product, generic description of contents.

1.9 SITE CONDITIONS .1 Ambient Conditions: assemble and erect components when temperature is above 4 degrees C.

.2 Field Measurements: .1 Make field measurements necessary to ensure proper fit of all members.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS .1 Hollow glass block: standard and corner blocks, end blocks with joint key for mortar bond. .1 Pattern and design: transparent. .2 Outer surfaces: smooth. .3 Inner surfaces: multi-directional wavy. .4 Colour: clear glass. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04300 – GLASS UNIT MASONRY

.5 Edge coating colour: manufacturer's standard translucent polyvinyl-butyl based edge coating. .6 Nominal sizes: .1 Square units: 200 mm square x 100 mm thick. .2 Corner units: manufacturer's standard sizes designed to join straight units of same height. .3 End units: manufacturer's standard sizes designed to join straight units of same height. .4 Unit halves heat-fused. .5 Partial vacuum unit cores. .6 Insulation value: Thermal Conductance value of 0.30 W/m2oC. .7 Visible light transmittance: minimum 75%. .8 Shading coefficient: 0.65. .9 Compressive strength: 2.8 kPa to 7.4 kPa. .10 Sound Transmission Class: 37 STC.

2.2 ACCESSORIES .1 Mortar: as specified in Section 04 05 12 - Masonry Mortar and Grout.

.2 Expansion strips: 100 mm wide x 10 mm thick, continuous semi-rigid glass fibre or white flexible plastic foam, in accordance with recommendations of glass unit manufacturer.

.3 Panel anchors: 10 mm thick x 44 mm wide steel strips, punched with three rows of elongated holes, pattern staggered, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A123/A123M.

.4 Asphalt emulsion: to CAN/CGSB-37.2, water-based asphalt emulsion.

.5 Sealant: in accordance with Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants.

.6 Sealant primer: non-staining type recommended by sealant manufacturer.

.7 Fasteners: steel, 6 mm minimum diameter, galvanized to ASTM A153/A153M, and as follows: .1 To metal: self-drilling, self-tapping screws. .2 To concrete and masonry: self-drilling, compression type insert, or self-tapping type screws for pre-drilled holes. .3 To wood: wood screws. .8 Spacers: plastic, concealed type, allowing pointing mortar and placing reinforcing and panel anchors without obstruction, of size to provide horizontal and vertical joint width indicated, capable of supporting glass units until mortar set, incorporated into structural design of glass unit masonry. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04300 – GLASS UNIT MASONRY

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL .1 Ensure glass block and accessories are from single manufacturer. All other glass block materials acceptable to glass block manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION .1 Examine openings to receive glass unit masonry. Verify correct size, location and readiness to receive work of this Section. .1 Inform Owner’s Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery. .2 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of approval from Owner’s representative. .2 Verification of Conditions: verify that substrate conditions which have been previously installed under other sections or contracts, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to installation of glass block.

.3 Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION .1 Ensure structure or substrate is adequate to support glass block.

.2 Surface Preparation: prepare surface in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations.

.3 Clean glass units of foreign substances.

.4 Establish and protect lines, levels, and coursing.

.5 Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage and disfiguration.

3.3 INSTALLATION .1 Erect glass units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

.2 Install perimeter metal channels, anchors.

.3 Coat surface under units with asphalt emulsion as a bond breaker, and allow to dry before placing mortar.

.4 Secure panel anchors to jambs and head, with two fasteners per anchor at horizontal reinforced mortar joints, and at vertical steel reinforcing. Bend across expansion joints and extend at least 300 mm over joint reinforcement. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04300 – GLASS UNIT MASONRY

.5 Install glass unit spacers to manufacturer's recommendations.

.6 Set glass units with full bond mortar joints. Furrowing not permitted. Remove excess mortar.

.7 Do not install glass unit when ambient temperature is below 4˚C. Maintain ambient temperature above 4˚C for 48 hours after installation.

.8 Place units to maintain uniform joint width of 6 mm.

.9 Install unit masonry to avoid contact of glass units with metal accessories or frames.

.10 Isolate panel from adjacent construction on sides and top with expansion strips concealed within perimeter trim. Keep expansion joint voids clear of mortar.

.11 Shore assembly until mortar will maintain panel in position without movement.

.12 Joint reinforcement: .1 Install reinforcement in accordance with NBC and Section 04 05 19 - Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcing, and as follows. .2 Install horizontal reinforcement: .1 Above first course. .2 Below top course. .3 To glass unit manufacturer's recommendations but not less than 406 mm centres for 79 mm thick units. .4 Lap joints 150 mm. .3 Provide horizontal joint reinforcement at first course above and below openings within glass unit panel. .4 Reinforce free standing ends or free standing top of glass unit panels. .5 Install reinforcement continuously from end to end of panels without bridging expansion joints. Lap minimum 150 mm. .6 Embed reinforcement between two layer applications of mortar bed.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION .1 Mortar Placement: .1 Place pointing mortar in accordance with Section 04 05 12 - Masonry Mortar and Grout. .2 Set glass with full bond mortar joints. Furrowing not permitted. Remove excess mortar. .3 Place units to maintain uniform joint width of 6.0 mm. .2 Joints. .1 Tool joints to concave profile, exposing shoulders of glass units. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

SECTION 04300 – GLASS UNIT MASONRY

.2 Rake out mortar joints to depth equal to joint width and not less than 13 mm, to receive pointing mortar. .3 Rake out mortar joints to half of joint width but not less than 5 mm depth, to receive joint sealant. .3 Application of pointing mortar. .1 Neatly tool surface to a concave profile. Expose shoulders of glass units. .2 Remove excess mortar. .3 Vacuum clean mortar joints. .4 Clean glass units, and protect from other unfinished construction. .4 Application of Sealant. .1 Install sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants. Apply sealant 24 hours after glass unit masonry installation. .2 Form surfaces of sealant smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets, embedded impurities. Tool surface to a slight concave profile. Edges of joints to expose shoulders of glass units. .3 Remove excess sealant.

3.5 SITE TOLERANCES .1 Variation from specified joint width: plus 2.0 mm and minimum 0 mm.

.2 Maximum variation from plane of unit to adjacent unit: 1.0 mm.

.3 Maximum variation from flat plane: 3.0 mm in 3.0 m, non-cumulative.

3.6 CLEANING .1 Remove mortar particles using a clean, wet sponge or cloth. Rinse sponge or cloth frequently in clean water to remove abrasive particles that could scratch glass surfaces. Allow any remaining film on the block to dry to a powder.

.2 Remove excess caulking materials with commercial solvents such as mineral spirits and follow with normal wash and rinse. Do not damage caulking by overgenerous application of strong solvents. Comply with solvent manufacturers' printed data for toxicity and flammability warnings.

.3 When glass block panels are completely installed and are not exposed to direct sunlight, final cleaning may be carried out. Start at the top of the panel and wash with generous amounts of clean water. Dry all water from the glass block surface. Change cloth frequently to eliminate dried mortar particles that could scratch the glass surface. Use a clean, dry, soft cloth to remove the dry powder from the glass surfaces.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07300 - METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

.1 Comply with requirements of Division 1.

1.2 RELATED WORK

.1 Sealants: Section 07900

1.3 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

.1 Appearance: neatly and evenly layout and install components. Exposed fastening devices not permitted.

.2 Water control: prevent passage of water.

.3 Thermal movement: accommodate expansion and contraction of component parts without causing buckling, failure of joints, undue stress on fasteners and other detrimental effects.

1.4 SAMPLES

.1 Submit two accurate colour charts or 2 sets of samples of full range of pre-coated metal finishes available.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

.1 Prepainted sheet steel:

.1 Meet requirements of CSSBI Technical Bulletin No. 7, Proven colour.

.2 Base metal: Galvanized sheet steel to ASTM 446, Grade A, zinc coating designation G90.

.3 Colour: selected by the Consultant from Stelco or Dofasco 5000 series.

.2 Sealant: to CGSB 19-GP-9M one component, silicone base chemical curing. Colour selected by the Consultant from manufacturer's full range of standard colours.

.3 Fasteners: to CSA Bill-1974, hot dip galvanized, flat head roofing nails of length and thickness suitable for metal flashing application. Colour of fastener to match. .4 Underlay for Metal Flashing: dry, rosin sized kraft paper.

.5 Solder: To ASTM B32-70, 50% tin, 50% lead.

.6 Flux: Resin cut muriatic acid or approved commercial preparation.

Page 1 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07300 - METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

.7 Bituminous paint: CGSB 1-GP-108c, Type 2.

.8 Rubber asphalt sealing compound: CGSB 37-GP-29.

2.2 FABRICATION

.1 Shop fabricate metal flashing components to profile indicated. Provide minimum 0.635mm thick material for all components unless otherwise indicated.

.2 Provide components free from distortion, waves, twists, buckles and other defects detrimental to performance and appearance. Form sections square, true and accurate to size.

.3 Double back exposed edges at least 12mm.

.4 Provide flashing less than 2.5m long in single length.

.5 Where flashing is longer than 2.5m, provided flat locked seams, lapped 25mm spaced at maximum 2.5m o.c.

.6 Mitre and seam corners.

.7 Provide cone or sleeve type flashing at chimneys and vent stacks.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

.1 Examine work on which work of this Section is supported or comes into contact and do not proceed unless surfaces and conditions are acceptable.

.2 Commencement of work will denote acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 INSTALLATION

.1 Clean substrates of dirt and other foreign matter. Drive projecting nails flush with substrate. Do not apply metal flashing over substrates likely to cause rupture.

.2 Install metal flashing at eaves, rakes, penetrations through roofs, door and window heads, and where shown on the drawings. .3 Install underlay under sheet metal. Secure in place and lap joints 100mm.

.4 At door and window heads, extend flashing up behind air barrier minimum 100mm and form a drip along the outside edge. Nail along top of flashing to supporting building elements.

.5 Where flashing is exposed, provide continuous cleats or locking strips to secure them. Do not use exposed fasteners.

Page 2 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07300 - METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

.6 Fill and seal seams with sealant.

.7 At elements penetrating roof, where cone or sleeve type flashing is provided, install rain collar soldered or welded to penetrating element.

.8 Install prefinished aluminum fascia, soffits, eavestrough and downspouts as shown on the plans in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

.9 Contractor is responsible for all flashing and caulking. Should the Contractor have a concern regarding the performance of the flashing called for on the drawings or specifications under this contract he should report it immediately to the Consultant.

END OF SECTION 07300

Page 3 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 054100 – STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING Page 1 of 5

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 74 21 - Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.3 Section 07 27 00.01 - Air Barriers – Descriptive or Proprietary.

.4 Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .1 ASTM A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. .2 ASTM A653/A653 M- Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot- Dip Process. .3 ASTM A792/A792M- Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum- Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. .2 Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .1 CSA W55.3, Certification of Companies for Resistance Welding of Steel and Aluminum. .2 CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding) (Metric Version). .3 CAN/CSA S136, North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. .3 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) .1 CAN/CGSB-1.181-Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. .4 Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute (CSSBI) .1 CSSBI 50M- Lightweight Steel Framing Binder. .2 CSSBI S5, Guide Specification for Wind Bearing Steel Studs. .3 CSSBI Fact Sheet #3, Care and Maintenance of Prefinished Sheet Steel Building Products.

Ver. 09/19 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 054100 – STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING Page 2 of 5

.4 CSSBI Technical Bulletin Vol. 7, No. 2, Changing Standard Thicknesses for Canadian Lightweight Steel Framing Applications.

1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Indicate design loads, member sizes, materials, design thickness exclusive of coatings, coating specifications, connection and bracing details, screw sizes and spacing, and anchors.

.2 Indicate locations, dimensions, openings and requirements of related work.

.3 Indicate welds by welding symbols as defined in CSA W59.

.4 Submit samples of framing components and fasteners to Owner’s Representative.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Protect steel studs during transportation, site storage and installation in accordance with CSSBI Sheet Steel Facts #3.

.2 Handle and protect galvanized materials from damage to zinc coating.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS .1 Steel: to CSA S136, fabricated from ASTM A653/A653M, Grade 230 steel.

.2 Zinc coated steel sheet: quality to A653M, with Z275 designation zinc coating.

.3 Aluminum-zinc alloy coated steel sheet: to ASTM A792M, commercial quality, grade 37 with AZ180 coating, regular spangle surface, chemically treated for unpainted finish.

.4 Welding materials: to CSAW59 and certified by Canadian Welding Bureau.

.5 Screws: pan head, self-drilling, self-tapping sheet metal screws, corrosion protected to minimum requirements of CSSBI, (minimum coating thickness of 0.008 mm of zinc), length to suit application, but not less than 5.0 mm longer than twice the thickness of steel.

Ver. 09/19 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 054100 – STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING Page 3 of 5

.6 Anchors: concrete expansion anchors or other suitable drilled type fasteners.

.7 Bolts, nuts, washers: hot dipped galvanized to ASTM A123/A123M, 600 g/m2 zinc coating.

.8 Touch up primer to repair damaged or cut metallic coatings: zinc rich, to CAN/CGSB 1-GP-181.

2.2 STEEL STUD DESIGNATIONS .1 Colour code steel studs in accordance with CSSBI Technical Bulletin Vol. 7, No.2.

2.3 METAL FRAMING .1 Steel studs: to CSA S136, fabricated from zinc coated steel, depth as indicated. Minimum steel thickness of 1.52 mm.

.2 Stud tracks: fabricated from same material and finish as steel studs, depth to suit. .1 Bottom track: single piece. .2 Top track: single piece track or double track or slotted single top track. (double track or slotted single top track to accommodate deflection). .3 Bridging: fabricated from same material and finish as studs, 38 x 12 x 1.22 mm minimum thickness.

.4 Angle clips: fabricated from same material and finish as studs, 38 x 38mm x depth of steel stud, 1.22 mm minimum thickness.

.5 Tension straps and accessories: as recommended by manufacturer.

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL .1 Prior to commencement of work, submit: .1 Two certified copies of mill reports covering material properties.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL .1 Do welding in accordance with CSA W59.

Ver. 09/19 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 054100 – STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING Page 4 of 5

.2 Companies to be certified under Division 1 or 2.1 of CSA W47.1 for fusion welding of steel structures and/or CSA W55.3 for resistance welding of structural components.

.3 Do work in accordance with CSSBI S5.

3.2 ERECTION .1 Erect components to requirements of reviewed shop drawings.

.2 Anchor tracks securely to structure at 800 mm oc maximum, unless lesser spacing prescribed on shop drawings.

.3 Erect studs plumb, aligned and securely attached with two screws minimum, or welded in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

.4 Seat studs into bottom tracks and top track. Gap between end of stud and web of track not to exceed 4.0 mm. Secure studs with two (2) screws minimum (in top and bottom tracks), or in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

.5 Allow minimum deflection gap of 16.5 mm for double track or slotted single top track.

.6 Install studs at not more than 50.0 mm from abutting walls, openings, and each side of corners and terminations with dissimilar materials.

.7 Brace steel studs with horizontal internal bridging at 1200 mm maximum. Fasten bridging to steel clips fastened to steel studs with screws or by welding.

.8 Frame openings in stud walls to adequately carry loads by use of additional framing members and bracing as detailed on shop drawings.

.9 Touch up welds with coat of zinc rich primer.

3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES .1 Plumb: not to exceed 1/500th of member length.

.2 Camber: not to exceed 1/1000th of member length.

.3 Spacing: not more than 3.0 mm from design spacing.

.4 Gap between end of stud and track web: not more than 4.0 mm.

Ver. 09/19 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 054100 – STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING Page 5 of 5

3.4 CUTOUTS .1 Maximum size of cutouts for services as follows: Member Across Member Along Member Centre to Depth Depth Length Centre Spacing (mm)

92 40 max. 105 max. 600 min. 102 40 max. 105 max. 600 min. 152 65 max. 115 max. 600 min. .2 Limit distance from centerline of last unreinforced cutout to end of member to less than 300 mm.

END OF SECTION

Ver. 09/19 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – METALS

Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications Page 1 of 6

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 61 00 – Common Product requirements.

.3 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.4 Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

.5 Section 04 05 00 – Common Work Results for Masonry

.6 Section 04 05 19 – Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcing.

.7 Section 05 12 23 - Structural Steel for Buildings.

.8 Section 05 21 00 – Steel Joist Framing.

.9 Section 05 31 00 – Steel Decking.

.10 Section 05 51 29 - Metal Stairs and Ladders.

.11 Section 09 91 13 - Exterior Painting.

.12 Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM) .1 ASTM A53/A53M, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated Welded and Steamless. .2 ASTM A269, Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. .3 ASTM A307, Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. .2 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) .1 CAN/CGSB 1.153, High-Build, Gloss Epoxy Coating. .3 Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .1 CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel. .2 CAN/CSA-G164, Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – METALS

Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications Page 2 of 6

.3 CSA S16, Design of Steel Structures. .4 CSA W48, Filler Metals and Allied Materials for Metal Arc Welding (Developed in co-operation with the Canadian Welding Bureau). .5 CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding). .4 The Environmental Choice Program .1 CCD-047, Architectural Surface Coatings. .2 CCD-048, Surface Coatings - Recycled Water-borne. .5 Green Seal Environmental Standards (GS) .1 GS-11, Paints and Coatings. .6 The Master Painters Institute (MPI) .1 Architectural Painting Specification Manual.

1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Product Data: .1 Submit manufacturer's printed product literature, specifications and data sheet .2 Submit two copies of WHMIS MSDS - Material Safety Data Sheets. Indicate VOC's: .1 For finishes, coatings, primers and paints. .2 Shop Drawings .1 Indicate materials, core thicknesses, finishes, connections, joints, method of anchorage, number of anchors, supports, reinforcement, details, and accessories.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Test Reports: Submit Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties.

.2 Certificates: Submit Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING .1 Deliver, store, handle and protect materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.2 Cover exposed stainless steel surfaces with pressure sensitive heavy protection paper or apply strippable plastic coating, before shipping to job site.

.3 Leave protective covering in place until final cleaning of building. Provide instructions for removal of protective covering. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – METALS

Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications Page 3 of 6

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS .1 Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 300W.

.2 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M standard weight, galvanized finish.

.3 Welding materials: to CSA W59.

.4 Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series.

.5 Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307.

.6 Grout: non-shrink, non-metallic, flowable, 15 MPa at 24 hours.

2.2 FABRICATION .1 Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured.

.2 Use self-tapping shake-proof flat round oval headed screws on items requiring assembly by screws or as indicated.

.3 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection.

.4 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush.

2.3 FINISHES .1 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 to CAN/CSA-G164.

.1 Optional Finish for exterior steel angle lintels: stainless steel to ASTM A276, S304. .2 Shop coat primer: in accordance with chemical component limits and restrictions requirements and VOC limits of GS-11.

.3 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix: in accordance with chemical component limits and restrictions requirements and VOC limits of GS-11.

.4 High Build Epoxy Coating: to CAN/CGAB – 1.153.

2.4 ISOLATION COATING .1 Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of bituminous paint: .1 Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white bronze of small area. .2 Concrete, mortar and masonry. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – METALS

Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications Page 4 of 6

.3 Wood.

2.5 SHOP PAINTING .1 Apply one shop coat of primer to metal items, with exception of galvanized or concrete encased items.

.2 Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 7 degrees C.

.3 Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint.

2.6 ANGLE LINTELS .1 Steel angles: galvanized prime painted sizes indicated for openings. Provide 150 mm minimum bearing at ends.

.1 Optional stainless steel finish for exterior steel angle lintels. .2 Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated.

.3 For non stainless steel angle lintels, apply one shop coat of primer and finish to Section 09 91 13 – Exterior Painting.

2.7 PIPE RAILINGS .1 Steel pipe: 30 to 40 mm nominal outside diameter for handrails. For other handrails, formed to shapes and sizes as indicated.

.2 Shop coat prime interior railings after fabrication. Apply high build epoxy coating after fabrication. Shop coat prime exterior railings after fabrication and finish to Section 09 91 13 – Exterior Painting.

2.8 ACCESS LADDERS INTERIOR/EXTERIOR .1 Design Access Ladders to OHS Standards for Stage Access.

.2 Stringers: 55 x 55 x 6 mm thick, steel angle.

.3 Steel Rungs: 20 mm diameter, welded to stringers at 300 mm on centre.

.4 Brackets: sizes and shapes as indicated, weld to stringers at 1200 mm c.c., complete with fixing anchors.

.5 Shop coat prime interior ladders after fabrication. Shop coat prime exterior ladders after fabrication and apply a high build epoxy coating finish to Section 09 91 13 – Exterior Painting. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – METALS

Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications Page 5 of 6

2.9 TRENCH COVERS AND FRAMES .1 Fabricate from 6 mm thick steel set in L 55 x 55 x 6 frame. Include anchors at 1200 mm on centre for embedding in concrete. Supply trench covers in 1200 mm removable lengths.

.2 Finish: galvanized.

.3 Paint as per Section 09 91 13 – Exterior Painting.

2.10 CHANNEL FRAMES .1 Fabricate frames from steel, sizes of channel and opening as indicated.

.2 Weld channels together to form continuous frame for jambs and head of openings, sizes as indicated.

.3 Shop coat prime interior channel frames after fabrication. Shop coat prime exterior channel frames after fabrication and apply a high build epoxy coating finish Section 09 91 13 – Exterior Painting.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 ERECTION .1 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified otherwise.

.2 Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and intersections.

.3 Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Owner’s Representative such as dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion bolts and shields, and toggles.

.4 Exposed fastening devices to match finish and be compatible with material through which they pass.

.5 Provide components for building by other sections in accordance with shop drawings and schedule.

.6 Make field connections with bolts to CAN/CSA-S16, or weld.

.7 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates.

.8 Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection with primer.

.9 Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where burned by field welding. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 – METALS

Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications Page 6 of 6

.10 Touch-up high build epoxy coated finishes.

3.2 PIPE RAILINGS .1 Install pipe railings to stairs as indicated.

.2 Set railing standards in concrete. Grout to fill hole. Trowel surface smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces.

3.3 ACCESS LADDERS .1 Install access ladders in locations as indicated.

.2 Erect ladders 200mm clear of wall on bracket supports.

3.4 TRENCH COVERS .1 Install trench covers in locations as indicated.

3.5 CHANNEL FRAMES .1 Install steel channel frames to openings as indicated.

3.6 CLEANING .1 Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt.

.2 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers.

3.7 PROTECTION .1 Protect installed products and components from damage during construction.

.2 Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by metal fabrications installation

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695

SECTION 06160 / 06 16 00 – SHEATHING DUROCK Brand Cement Board

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Wall Sheathing. 2. Weather-Resistant Sheathing Barriers.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 01352 – LEED Requirements. 2. Section 05400 – Cold-Formed Metal Framing. 3. Section 06100 – Rough Carpentry.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute:

1. ANSI A118.9: Specification for Cementitious Backer Units.

B. American Society for Testing and Materials:

1. ASTM C 954: Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 inch to 0.110 inch in Thickness. 2. ASTM C 1002: Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. 3. ASTM C 1280: Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 4. ASTM C 1325: Standard Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cement Interior Substrate Sheets. 5. ASTM D 226: Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 6. ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. ASTM E119: Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 8. ASTM E 1677: Standard Specification for an Air Retarder (AR) Material or System for Low-Rise Framed Building Walls. SHEATHING 06160 - 1

USG Product Specification C. Gypsum Association:

1. GA 253: Recommended Specification for the Application of Gypsum Sheathing.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit in accordance with Section 01330

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s current technical literature for product specified.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fire Resistance Rated Assembly Characteristics: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in accordance to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Fire Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL Fire Resistance Directory.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. All materials shall be delivered in their original unopened packages and stored in an enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements. WARNING: Store all DUROCK Brand Cement Board flat. Panels are heavy and can fall over, causing serious injury or death. Do not move unless authorized.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 WALL SHEATHING

A. Cementitious Fiber-Mat Reinforced Sheathing: ASTM C 1325, ANSI A118.9, cementitious backer.

1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide DUROCK Brand Cement Board by United States Gypsum Company. 2. Type and Thickness: 5/8 inch thick. 3. Size: 32 by 96 inches.

2.02 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and application.

SHEATHING 06160 - 2

USG Product Specification B. Nails: 11-gauge hot-dipped galvanized roofing nails 1-1/2 inch, 7/16 inch diameter head.

C. Wood Screws: DUROCK Brand Wood or USG Sheathing WF screws 1-5/8 inch with corrosion-resistant coating.

D. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: DUROCK Brand Steel or USG Sheathing SF steel drill screws 1-5/8 inch] with corrosion-resistant coating.

1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, attach sheathing to comply with ASTM C 1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick, attach sheathing to comply with ASTM C 954.

2.03 WEATHER-RESISTANT SHEATHING BARRIERS

A. Building Paper: ASTM D 226, Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt-saturated organic felt), unperforated.

B. Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677, Type I air retarder, with flame-spread and smoke- developed indexes of less that 25 and 450, respectively, when tested according to ASTM E 84, UV stabilized and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tyvek StuccoWrap by DuPont (E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company).

C. Building-Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building-wrap manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap.

2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film.

B. Primer for Flexible Flashing: Product recommended by manufacturer of flexible flashing for substrate.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

SHEATHING 06160 - 3

USG Product Specification B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Coordinate wall sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly.

D. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements.

3.03 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION

A. Comply with ASTM C 1280, GA-253 and manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Fasten sheathing to wood framing with screws. 2. Fasten sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 3. Install boards with a 3/8-inch gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. 4. Install boards with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking.

B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing.

C. Horizontal Installation: Abut ends of boards over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each stud.

1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards. 2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, boards may be initially tacked in place with screws if overlying self-furring metal lath is screw-attached through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed.

D. Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each stud.

3.04 WEATHER-RESISTANT SHEATHING BARRIER INSTALLATION

A. General: Cover framing with weather-resistant sheathing paper as follows: SHEATHING 06160 - 4

USG Product Specification 1. Cut back barrier 1/2 inch on each side of the break in supporting members at expansion- or control-joint locations. 2. Apply barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4-inch overlap, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Building Paper: Apply horizontally with a 2-inch overlap and a 6-inch end lap; fasten to framing with galvanized staples or roofing nails.

C. Building Wrap: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Seal seams, edges, fasteners, and penetrations with tape. 2. Extend into jambs of openings and seal corners with tape.

3.05 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturers written instructions.

1. Prime substrates as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. Lap seams and junctures with other materials at least 4 inches, except that at flashing flanges of other construction, laps need not exceed flange width. 3. Lap flashing over weather-resistant building paper at bottom and sides of openings. 4. Lap weather-resistant building paper over flashing at heads of openings. 5. After flashing has been applied, roll surfaces with a hard rubber or metal roller to ensure that flashing is completely adhered to substrates.

3.06 PROTECTION

A. Cementitious Fiber-Mat Reinforced Sheathing: A continuous water barrier must be installed over the studs and lap over the flashing. Weeps must be provided to allow water drainage out of the system at all horizontal terminations

END OF SECTION 06160

SHEATHING 06160 - 5

USG Product Specification JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07190 - AIR & VAPOUR BARRIERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

.1 Comply with requirements of Division 1.

1.2 RELATED WORK

.1 Thermal insulation: Section 07200

1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE

.1 Handle and store materials to prevent tearing, puncturing and other damage.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

.1 Vapour barrier: polyethylene, 0.15mm (6 mil) thick, clear, to CAN2-51.34-M, Type 1.

.2 Air barrier: 6 mil, "Tyvek" by Dupont, Canada.

.3 Staples and nails: non-skinning, non-drying compounding. Acceptable product: Tremco Acoustical Sealant.

.4 Electric outlet box pan: press formed, minimum 0.5mm thick, polyethylene pan by Polypan.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 VAPOUR BARRIER INSULATION

.1 Install continuous barrier at exterior insulated steel frame elements. Co-ordinate installation with work of Section 06100.

.2 Place vapour barrier on the inside (warm side) of the thermal insulation in the location shown on the drawings.

.3 Installed vapour barrier shall form a complete and continuous envelope at exterior building elements, properly sealed at all joints, fastenings and penetrations, effectively resisting moisture migration.

.4 All penetrations through vapour barrier, unless clearly indicated on drawings must be approved by the Consultant.

Page 1 of 2 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07190 - AIR & VAPOUR BARRIERS

.5 To ensure continuity of vapour barrier at all locations, install strips of vapour barrier of sufficient width at intersecting walls, on top of walls at joist bearings and at other locations where subsequent work would prevent installation of continuous vapour barrier.

.6 At junction of roof to exterior walls provide strips of roof vapour barrier for details shown.

.7 Lap vapour barrier joints, one full stud or joist space, but in no case less than 300mm and seal with sealant between sheets. Sealant must be placed over solid backing in all locations.

.8 At door and window openings, carry vapour barrier into rough framing and seal between window/door frames and vapour barrier. Seal at elements penetrating vapour barrier.

.9 At electrical outlets, and boxes located in exterior building elements, provide polyethylene pan. Seal vapour barrier to pan.

.10 After completion, inspect entire installation and repair or replace damaged material. Do not cover any areas until the Consultant has inspected and accepted vapour barrier installation. The Consultant reserves the right to have the Contractor expose all vapour barrier not reviewed by the Consultant at Contractor’s expense.

END OF SECTION 07190

Page 2 of 2 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07900 - SEALANT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Work to be Done

.1 Supply and install all sealants and caulking called for by the drawings and specifications. The work includes the following:

.1 Perimeter of metal frames of louvres, doors and all items penetrating or built into walls and floors unless otherwise specified. .2 Construction and control joints and internal corners occurring in masonry and concrete. .3 General sealing of joints between dissimilar materials. .4 Caulking around perimeter of items passing through fire separations .5 Perimeter of gypsum board ceilings

1.2 Related Work

.1 Masonry Section 04225

1.3 Environmental Conditions

.1 Sealant and substrate materials to be minimum 5o C.

.2 Should it become necessary to apply sealants below 5o C, consult sealant manufacturer and follow their recommendations and review with Engineer.

1.4 Warranty

.1 Warrant that caulking work will not leak, crack, crumble, melt, shrink, run, lose adhesion or stain adjacent surfaces in accordance with the General Requirements for three years.

1.5 Quality Assurance

.1 Installation of caulking shall be performed only by workmen thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of caulking.

.2 Caulking work shall be carried out in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions.

1.6 Delivery, Handling and Storage

.1 Use all means necessary to protect caulking materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

.2 In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner.

.3 Store all caulking materials and equipment under conditions recommended by its manufacturer.

.4 Do not use materials stored for a period of timing exceeding the maximum recommended shelf-life of the material.

Page 1 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07900 - SEALANT

.5 Materials shall be delivered to the job in their original containers or wrapping with the manufacturer's seal and labels intact.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials

.1 Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer.

.2 Joint Fillers:

.1 Compatible with primers and sealants, outsized 30 to 50%. .2 Polyethylene, Urethane, Neoprene or Vinyl: .3 Extruded closed cell foam, Shore A hardness 20, tensile strength 140 to 200 kPa. .4 Sealtight-Etha foam Backer Rod by W.R. Meadows Canada Ltd. or approved equal.

.3 Sealant: Type A (Silicone)

.1 Dow Corning 790 by Dow Corning or approved equal.

.4 Sealant: Type B

.1 Fire Barrier CP 25WB caulk by 3M Fire Protection Products or approved equal.

.5 Colour of Sealants: To be selected by Engineer.

.6 Joint Cleaner: Xylol, methylethyleketon or non-corrosive type recommended by sealant manufacturer and compatible with joint forming materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Inspection

.1 Inspect conditions and substrates upon which work of this Section is dependent. Report to Engineer in writing any defects that may jeopardize the performance of this work. Commencement of work implies acceptance of conditions.

3.2 Preparation

.1 Remove dust, paint, loose mortar and other foreign matter. Dry joint surfaces.

.2 Remove rust, mill scale and coatings from ferrous metals by wire brush, grinding or sandblasting.

.3 Remove oil, grease and other coatings from non-ferrous metals with joint cleaner.

.4 Prepare concrete, masonry, glazed and vitreous surfaces to sealant manufacturer's instructions.

.5 Examine joint sizes and correct to achieve depth ratio l/2 of joint width with minimum width and depth of 6 mm, maximum width 25 mm.

Page 2 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07900 - SEALANT

.6 Install joint filler to achieve correct joint depth. .7 Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjacent surface prior to priming and caulking.

.8 Apply bond breaker tape where required to ensure performance of sealant.

.9 Prime sides of joints when required to ensure performance of sealant immediately prior to caulking.

3.3 Application

.1 Apply sealants to provide watertight joint. Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle. Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid. Superficial pointing with skin bead is not acceptable.

.2 Form surface of sealant with full bead, smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets, embedded impurities. Neatly tool surface to a slight concave joint.

.3 Apply sealant to joints between window or door frames to adjacent building components, around perimeter of every external opening, to control joints in masonry walls where shown.

.4 Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. Remove excess sealant and droppings using recommended cleaners as work progresses. Remove masking after tooling of joints.

.5 Caulk joints in surfaces to be painted before surfaces are painted. Where surfaces to be caulked are primed in shop before caulking, check to make sure prime paint and caulking are compatible. If they are incompatible inform Engineer and change caulking to compatible type approved by Engineer.

.6 Sealant Locations Type A - Joints between metal frames, plumbing fixtures, concrete and masonry; joints between drywall ceilings, concrete and masonry walls; other locations where caulking is required except in locations designated. Note door and window frames shall be caulked both sides all around even if not shown on drawings.

.7 Sealant Locations Type B - Joints around items penetrating a fire separation, to prevent the passage of smoke, fire and fumes. Also used to provide a "gas tight" room.

.8 GENERALLY ALL JOINTS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS HAVE TO BE CAULKED.

END OF SECTION 07900

Page 3 of 3 JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 1 of 8

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.3 Section 07 21 20 – Low Expanding Foam Sealant.

.4 Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants.

.5 Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware.

.6 Section 08 80 00 – Glazing.

.7 Section 09 91 13 - Exterior Painting.

.8 Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting.

.9 Section 23 37 13 - Diffusers, Registers and Grilles.

.10 Division 26: Wiring for electronic hardware.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .1 ASTM A653/A653M, Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process. .2 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) .1 CAN/CGSB-1.181, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. .2 CGSB 41-GP-19Ma, Rigid Vinyl Extrusions for Windows and Doors. .3 Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .1 G40.20/G40.21, General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel/Structural Quality Steel. .2 CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding). .4 Canadian Steel Door Manufacturers' Association, (CSDMA). .1 CSDMA, Specifications for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames. .2 CSDMA, Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Commercial Steel Doors. .5 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 2 of 8

.1 NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows. .2 NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. .6 Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada (ULC) .1 CAN4-S104M, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. .2 CAN4-S105M, Fire Door Frames Meeting the Performance Required by CAN4- S104. .3 CAN/ULC-S701, Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering. .4 CAN/ULC-S702, Thermal Insulation, Mineral Fibre, for Buildings. .5 CAN/ULC-S704, Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Boards, Faced.

1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS .1 Design door assembly to withstand minimum 1,000,000 swing cycles in accordance with ANSI A151.1, with no failure of any design features of the door.

.2 Design exterior frame assembly to accommodate to expansion and contraction when subjected to minimum and maximum surface temperature of -35˚C to 35˚C.

.3 Maximum deflection for exterior steel entrance screens under wind load of 1.2 kPa not to exceed 1/175th of span.

.4 Steel fire rated doors and frames: labelled and listed by an organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada in conformance with CAN4-S104 and NFPA 252 for ratings specified or indicated.

.5 Provide fire labelled frames for openings requiring fire protection ratings. Test products in conformance with CAN4-S104 and NFPA 252 and listed by nationally recognized agency having factory inspection services and construct as detailed in Follow-Up Service Procedures/Factory Inspection Manuals issued by listing agency to individual manufacturers.

1.4 SUBMITTALS .1 Indicate each type of door, material, steel core thicknesses, mortises, reinforcements, location of exposed fasteners, openings, glazed, louvred, arrangement of hardware and fire rating and finishes.

.2 Indicate each type frame material, core thickness, reinforcements, glazing stops, location of anchors and exposed fastenings and reinforcing firerating and finishes.

.3 Include schedule identifying each unit, with door marks and numbers relating to numbering on drawings and door schedule.

.4 Submit one 300 x 300 mm top corner sample of each type door. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 3 of 8

.5 Submit one 300 x 300 mm corner sample of each type of frame. .1 Show butt cutout, glazing stops.

1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver, store, handle and protect doors and frames in accordance with Section 01 61 00- Common Product Requirements.

.2 Deliver, handle and store doors and frames at the job site in such a manner as to prevent damage.

.3 Store doors and frames under cover with doors stored in a vertical position on blocking, clear of floor and with blocking between doors to permit air circulation.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Conform to requirements to ANSI A117.1

.2 Company specializing in manufacturing products specified with a minimum of five (5) years documented experience.

1.7 WARRANTY .1 Provide a written warranty for work of this section from manufacturer for failure due to defective materials and from contractor for failure due to defective installation workmanship, for one (1) year respectively from the date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS .1 Hot dipped galvanized steel sheet: to ASTM A653/A653M, ZF75, minimum base steel thickness in accordance with CSDMA Table 1 - Thickness for Component Parts.

.2 Reinforcement channel: to CSA G40.20/G40.21, Type 44W, coating designation to ASTM A653/A653M, ZF75.

2.2 DOOR CORE MATERIALS .1 Stiffened: face sheets welded insulated core.

.1 Expanded polystyrene: CAN/ULC-S701, density 16 to 32 kg/m³. .2 Polyurethane: to CAN/ULC-S704 rigid, modified polyisocyanurate, closed cell board. Density 32 kg/m³. .2 Temperature rise rated (TRR): core composition to limit temperature rise on unexposed side of door to 250˚C at 60 minutes. Core to be tested as part of a complete door assembly, in accordance with CAN4-S104, ASTM E152 or NFPA 252, covering JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 4 of 8

Standard Method of Tests of Door Assemblies and listed by nationally recognized testing agency having factory inspection service.

.3 Thermal Insulation material must: .1 Not require being labelled as poisonous, corrosive, flammable or explosive under the Consumer Chemical and Container Regulations of the Hazardous Products Act. .2 Be manufactured using a process that uses chemical compounds with the minimum zone depletion potential (ODP) available.

2.3 ADHESIVES .1 Polystyrene and polyurethane cores: heat resistant, epoxy resin based, low viscosity, contact cement.

2.4 PRIMER .1 Touch-up prime CAN/CGSB-1.181.

2.5 ACCESSORIES .1 Door silencers: single stud rubber/neoprene type.

.2 Exterior top and bottom caps steel.

.3 Fabricate glazing stops as formed channel, minimum 16 mm height, accurately fitted, butted at corners and fastened to frame sections with counter-sunk oval head sheet metal screws.

.4 Door bottom seal: Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware.

.5 Metallic paste filler: to manufacturer's standard.

.6 Fire labels: metal riveted.

.7 Sealant: Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants.

.8 Provide low expanding, single component polyurethane foam sealant installed at head and jamb perimeter of door frame for sealing to building air barrier, vapour retarder and door frame. Foam sealant width to be adequate to provide required air tightness and vapour diffusion control to building air barrier and vapour retarder foam interior. Refer to Section 07 21 20 – Low Expanding Foam Sealant.

.9 Glazing: Section 08 80 00 – Glazing.

.10 Make provisions for glazing as indicated and provide necessary glazing stops. .1 Provide removable stainless steel glazing beads for dry glazing of snap-on type. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 5 of 8

.2 Design exterior glazing stops to be tamperproof. .11 Finish Painting: to Section 09 91 13 – Exterior Painting and Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting.

2.6 FRAMES FABRICATION GENERAL .1 Fabricate frames in accordance with CSDMA specifications.

.2 Fabricate frames to profiles and maximum face sizes as indicated.

.3 Exterior frames: 1.2 mm welded, thermally broken type construction.

.4 Interior frames: 1.2 mm welded type construction.

.5 Blank, reinforce, drill and tap frames for mortised, template hardware, and electronic hardware using templates provided by finish hardware supplier. Reinforce frames for surface mounted hardware.

.6 Protect mortised cutouts with steel guard boxes.

.7 Prepare frame for door silencers, 3 for single door, 2 at head for double door.

.8 Manufacturer's nameplates on frames and screens are not permitted.

.9 Conceal fastenings except where exposed fastenings are indicated.

.10 Provide factory-applied touch up primer at areas where zinc coating has been removed during fabrication.

.11 Insulate exterior frame components with polyurethane insulation.

2.7 FRAME ANCHORAGE .1 Shim and anchor new doors in accordance with CAN/CSA A440.4.

.2 Provide appropriate anchorage to floor and wall construction.

.3 Locate each wall anchor immediately above or below each hinge reinforcement on hinge jamb and directly opposite on strike jamb.

.4 Provide 2 anchors for rebate opening heights up to 1520 mm and 1 additional anchor for each additional 760 mm of height or fraction thereof.

.5 Locate anchors for frames in existing openings not more than 150 mm from top and bottom of each jambs and intermediate at 660 mm o.c. maximum. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 6 of 8

2.8 FRAMES: WELDED TYPE .1 Welding in accordance with CSA W59.

.2 Accurately mitre or mechanically joint frame product and securely weld on inside of profile.

.3 Cope accurately and securely weld butt joints of mullions, transom bars, centre rails and sills.

.4 Grind welded joints and corners to a flat plane, fill with metallic paste and sand to uniform smooth finish.

.5 Securely attach floor anchors to inside of each jamb profile.

.6 Weld in 2 temporary jamb spreaders per frame to maintain proper alignment during shipment.

2.9 DOOR FABRICATION GENERAL .1 Doors: swing type, flush, with provision for glass and/or louvre openings as indicated.

.2 Exterior doors: insulated, hollow steel construction. Interior doors: honeycomb hollow steel construction.

.3 Fabricate doors with longitudinal edges locked seam. Seams: grind welded joints to a flat plane, fill with metallic paste filler and sand to a uniform smooth finish.

.4 Doors: manufacturers' proprietary construction, tested and/or engineered as part of a fully operable assembly, including door, frame, gasketing and hardware in accordance with ASTM E330.

.5 Blank, reinforce, drill doors and tap for mortised, templated hardware and electronic hardware.

.6 Factory prepare holes 12.7 mm diameter and larger except mounting and through-bolt holes, on site, at time of hardware installation.

.7 Reinforce doors where required, for surface mounted hardware. Provide flush steel top caps to exterior doors. Provide inverted, recessed, spot welded channels to top and bottom of interior doors.

.8 Provide factory-applied touch-up primer at areas where zinc coating has been removed during fabrication.

.9 Provide fire labelled doors for those openings requiring fire protection ratings, as scheduled. Test such products in strict conformance with CAN4-S104 ASTM E152 NFPA 252 and list by nationally recognized agency having factory inspection service JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 7 of 8

and construct as detailed in Follow-Up Service Procedures/Factory Inspection Manuals issued by listing agency to individual manufacturers.

.10 Manufacturer's nameplates on doors are not permitted.

2.10 HOLLOW STEEL CONSTRUCTION .1 Form each face sheet for exterior doors from 1.2 mm sheet steel.

.2 Form each face sheet for interior doors from 1.2 sheet steel.

.3 Reinforce doors with vertical stiffeners, securely welded to each face sheet at 150 mm on centre maximum.

.4 Fill voids between stiffeners of exterior doors with insulation as specified.

.5 Fill voids between stiffeners of interior doors with honeycomb core.

2.11 THERMALLY BROKEN DOORS AND FRAMES .1 Fabricate thermally broken doors by using insulated core and separating exterior parts from interior parts with continuous interlocking thermal break.

.2 Thermal break: rigid polyvinyl chloride extrusion conforming to CGSB 41-GP-19Ma.

.3 Fabricate thermally broken frames separating exterior parts form interior parts with continuous interlocking thermal break.

.4 Apply insulation.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION GENERAL .1 Install labelled steel fire rated doors and frames to NFPA 80 except where specified otherwise.

.2 Install doors and frames to CSDMA Installation Guide.

3.2 FRAME INSTALLATION .1 Set frames plumb, square, level and at correct elevation.

.2 Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction.

.3 Brace frames rigidly in position while building-in. Install temporary horizontal wood spreader at third points of door opening to maintain frame width. Provide vertical JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames Page 8 of 8

support at centre of head for openings over 1200 mm wide. Remove temporary spreaders after frames are built-in.

.4 Make allowances for deflection of structure to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to frames.

.5 Caulk perimeter of frames between frame and adjacent material.

.6 Maintain continuity of air barrier and vapour retarder.

3.3 DOOR INSTALLATION .1 Install doors and hardware in accordance with hardware templates and manufacturer's instructions and Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware.

.2 Provide even margins between doors and jambs and doors and finished floor as follows. .1 Hinge side: 1.0 mm. .2 Latch side and head: 1.5 mm. .3 Finished floor: 13 mm. .3 Adjust operable parts for correct function.

.4 Install louvres.

3.4 FINISH REPAIRS .1 Touch up with primer finishes damaged during installation.

.2 Fill exposed frame anchors and surfaces with imperfections with metallic paste filler and sand to a uniform smooth finish.

3.5 GLAZING .1 Install glazing for doors and frames in accordance with Section 08 80 00 - Glazing.

3.6 COMMISSIONING .1 Contractor to instruct maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of doors and hardware.

.2 Confirm operation and function for all doors and hardware.

.3 Commissioning will be witnessed by Owner’s Representative and Certificate will be signed by Contractor and Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 1 of 11

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.3 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.4 Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

.5 Section 08 11 00- Metal Doors & Frames.

.6 Section 08 11 16 – Aluminum Doors and Frames.

.7 Section 08 14 16 – Flush Wood Doors.

.8 Division 26 - Electrical wiring for magnetic strikes, electric releases, electric locks.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) / Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) .1 ANSI/BHMA A156.1, American National Standard for Butts and Hinges. .2 ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches. .3 ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Exit Devices. .4 ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Door Controls - Closers. .5 ANSI/BHMA A156.5, Cylinders and Input Devices for Locks. .6 ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Architectural Door Trim. .7 ANSI/BHMA A156.8, Door Controls - Overhead Stops and Holders. .8 ANSI/BHMA A156.12, Interconnected Locks and Latches. .9 ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Mortise Locks and Latches Series 1000. .10 ANSI/BHMA A156.14, Sliding and Folding Door Hardware. .11 ANSI/BHMA A156.15, Release Devices - Closer Holder, Electromagnetic and Electromechanical. .12 ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Auxiliary Hardware. .13 ANSI/BHMA A156.17, Self-closing Hinges and Pivots. .14 ANSI/BHMA A156.18, Materials and Finishes. .15 ANSI/BHMA A156.19, Power Assist and Low Energy Power - Operated Doors. .16 ANSI/BHMA A156.21, Thresholds. .17 ANSI/BHMA A156.22, Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systems. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 2 of 11

.18 ANSI/BHMA A156.26, Continuous Hinges. .19 ANSI/BHMA A156.28, Keying Systems. .20 ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Electronic Strikes. .2 Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association (CSDFMA) .1 CSDFMA Canadian Metric Guide for Steel Doors and Frames (Modular Construction). .2 CSDFMA Recommended Dimensional Standards for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames.

1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Product Data: .1 Submit manufacturer's printed product literature, specifications and data sheet. .2 Samples: .1 Identify each sample by label indicating applicable specification paragraph number, brand name and number, finish and hardware package number. .2 After approval samples will be returned for incorporation in the Work. .3 Hardware List: .1 Submit contract hardware list. .2 Indicate specified hardware, including make, model, material, function, size, finish and other pertinent information. .4 Manufacturer's Instructions: .1 Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. .5 Closeout Submittals .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for door closers, locksets, door holders electrified hardware and fire exit hardware for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS .1 Provide maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

.2 Supply two sets of wrenches for door closers, locksets and fire exit hardware.

1.5 WARRANTY .1 Provide a written manufacturer’s warranty for work of this Section for failure due to defective materials for ten (10) years, dated from substantial completion certificate. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 3 of 11

.2 Provide a written Contractor’s warranty for work of this Section for failure due to defective installation workmanship for one (1) year, dated from submittal completion certificate.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Regulatory Requirements: .1 Hardware for doors in fire separations and exit doors certified by a Canadian Certification Organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada. .2 Only products certified in accordance with ANSI/BHMA standards are acceptable. Items that are equal in design, function and quality will be accepted upon approval of the Owner’s Representative.

.3 Only recognized contract hardware distributors will be considered for the work of this section. The distributor shall have on staff a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant recognized by the Door and Hardware Institute or a person with equivalent qualifications to assist installers and direct detailing, processing and delivery of material, and certify installation acceptance.

.4 Upon completion of finish hardware installation, hardware supplier shall inspect work and shall certify in writing that all items and their installation are in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents and are functioning properly.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING .1 Deliver, store, handle and protect materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.2 Store finishing hardware in locked, clean and dry area.

.3 Package each item of hardware including fastenings, separately or in like groups of hardware, label each package as to item definition and location.

1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE .1 Provide maintenance service for one year during warranty period to maintain all barrier free entrance automatic operators as follows: .1 Qualified service personal approved by manufacturer of operators. .2 Site inspection every three months will all necessary adjustment made during this visit. Separate warranty service calls, if required, will only qualify as an inspection if time of call is close to the three month intervals. .3 Make detailed reports of each visit and copy to Owner and Engineer. .4 Cost of this service will be included as part of this Section and is not covered by any allowance amount. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 4 of 11

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 HARDWARE ITEMS .1 Only door locksets and latches listed on ANSI/BHMA Standards list are acceptable for use on this project.

.2 Use one manufacturer's products only for similar items.

2.2 DOOR HARDWARE .1 Locks and latches: .1 Bored and preassembled locks and latches: to ANSI/BHMA A156.2, 4000 bored lock, grade 1, designed for function and keyed as stated in Hardware Schedule. .2 Mortise locks and latches: to ANSI/BHMA A156.13, series 1000 mortise lock, designed for function and keyed as stated in Hardware Schedule. .3 Lever handles : design as indicated in hardware groups. .4 Roses: round. .5 Normal strikes: box type, lip projection not beyond jamb. .6 Cylinders: key into keying system as directed. .7 All corresponding cylinders to be removable. .8 Finished as indicated in Hardware Groups. .2 Butts and hinges: .1 Butts and hinges: to ANSI/BHMA A156.1, designated by letter A and numeral identifiers, followed by size and finish, listed in Hardware Schedule. .2 Interior hinges of steel, unless otherwise indicated. .3 Continuous hinges shall be heavy duty as indicated, full height, complete with installation aids and fasteners to suit door and frame conditions. Hinge to have access to electrical items without removing hinge. .4 Quantity, size and width of hinges in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and ASNI/BHMA 156.1. .3 Exit devices: .1 To ANSI/BHMA A156.3, function, grade and finish as per schedule. Rim type with push pad design. .4 Door Closers and Accessories: .1 Door controls (closers): to ANSI/BHMA A156.4, designated by letter C and numeral identifiers listed in Hardware Schedule, size in accordance with ANSI/BHMA A156.4. Table A1. .2 Closers of narrow, slim line design complete with backcheck, rack and pinion hydraulic action. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 5 of 11

.3 Closers equipped with full cover, as noted in Hardware Groups, complete with secure and concealed mounting screws .4 Adapter plates for added reinforcing shall be added to any opening if required to suit field conditions or door design. .5 Closers shall include all necessary arm brackets, cush arm supports and blade stop spacers to suit door swing, frame reveals or stop conditions. .6 Closers capable of field adjustments of at least fifteen (15) percent. .7 Finish as indicated in Hardware Groups. .5 Door Operators: .1 Power-operated pedestrian doors: to ANSI/BHMA A156.10. .2 Complete with all components including operator housing, power operator, electronic control, soft start, switching networks, and all connecting hardware. .3 Design intent and function of opening as indicated in Hardware Groups. Supplier to include additional components and power supplies required to properly operate all hardware devices, door control devices, remote control devices, complete with any special cables or wirings to connect all parts. .4 Operator housing shall be complete with finished end caps prepared for mounting to door frame. .5 Operator housing shall be factory assembled with all necessary components for proper operation and switching. Relays, wiring harness and other components shall be plug-in type. .6 Operator controls shall include adjustable time delay, safe-swing circuit as well as provision for accessories as detailed in Hardware Groups. .7 Complete unit shall be mounted with provisions for easy servicing or replacement without removing the door or frame. .8 All wiring shall be of shielded type with proper number and gauge of conductor wires to install all components as specified. .9 Installation of operators shall be carried out by manufacturer’s certified and authorized personnel. .6 Power Supplies: .1 To ANSI/BHMA 156.19, designated by numerical identifiers listed in Hardware Groups. .2 Shall be concealed in ceiling space of suitable adjacent area. .3 Shall interface with all electrical security components and supplied with all relays and devices to operate as per Hardware Groups. .4 When key switch is used, it will operate as per hardware notes and reset the power supply. .7 Auxiliary locks and associated products: to ANSI/BHMA A156.5, designated by letter E and numeral identifiers listed in Hardware Schedule. .1 Key into keying system as noted. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 6 of 11

.8 Architectural door trim: to ANSI/BHMA A156.6, designated by letter J and numeral identifiers listed in Hardware Schedule. .1 Door protection plates: 1.27 mm thick stainless steel, finished to BMHA 630. .2 Push plates: 1.27 mm thick stainless steel finished to BMHA 630. .3 Push/Pull units: type stainless steel finished to BMHA 630. .4 Fastened with through bolts or concealed bolts depending on application. .5 Where pull has back plate, fasteners will be countersunk and bevelled with no sharp edges. .6 Where bolts cannot be concealed under the push plate they shall have a grommet washer finished to match other hardware. .9 Auxiliary hardware: to ANSI/BHMA A156.16, designated by letter L and numeral identifiers listed in Hardware Schedule. .1 Combination stop and holder, floor mounted: finished to BMHA 626. .2 Surface bolt lever extension flush bolt: finish to BMHA 626. .10 Door bottom seal: heavy duty, door seal of extruded aluminum frame and hollow closed cell neoprene weather seal, surface mounted with drip cap closed ends, clear anodized finish.

.11 Thresholds: .1 To ANSI/BHMA A156.21 extruded aluminum mill finish, serrated surface, with lip and vinyl door seal insert, thermally broken. .2 Thresholds of aluminum material. Provide 50 mm longer than opening to allow fitting on site. .3 When mullion is used, increase length of threshold to fit around mullion. .4 Fasteners of countersink type suitable to properly install to floor/sill conditions. Supply complete with screw anchors. .12 Weatherstripping: .1 Head and jamb seal: .1 Extruded aluminum frame and solid closed cell neoprene insert, clear anodized finish. .13 Astragal: overlapping, extruded aluminum frame with vinyl insert, finished to match doors.

2.3 KEY CABINET .1 Provide one wall mounted steel key cabinet with capacity for 1.5 times the number of keys with an indexed key control system to ANSI/BHMA A156.5. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 7 of 11

2.4 FASTENINGS .1 Use only fasteners provided by manufacturer. Failure to comply may void warranties and applicable licensed labels.

.2 Supply screws, bolts, expansion shields and other fastening devices required for satisfactory installation and operation of hardware.

.3 Exposed fastening devices to match finish of hardware.

.4 Where pull is scheduled on one side of door and push plate on other side, supply fastening devices, and install so pull can be secured through door from reverse side. Install push plate to cover fasteners.

.5 Use fasteners compatible with material through which they pass.

2.5 KEYING .1 Doors, padlocks and cabinet locks to be master keyed as directed. Prepare detailed keying schedule in conjunction with Owner’s Representative and owner.

.2 Provide keys in triplicate for every lock in this Contract.

.3 Provide six master keys for each MK or GMK group. Allow for six (6) levels of sub master keying.

.4 Stamp keying code numbers on keys and cylinders.

.5 Provide construction cores.

.6 Provide all permanent cores and keys to Owner’s Representative.

.7 Supply fifty (50) blanks for each sub master group used.

2.6 FINISHES .1 Following finishes are indicated in hardware groups.

BHMA CAN MATERIAL FINISH 626 C26D Brass/Bronze Satin Chrome 628 C28 Aluminum Satin Alum, Anodized 630 C32D Stainless Steel Satin Stainless Steel 652 C26D Steel Plated Satin Chrome 689 Al All Painted Aluminum Alum Aluminum Mill Finish TMDFF (to match door and frame finish).

2.7 ABBREVIATIONS ALD Aluminum Door and Frame JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 8 of 11

ATMS STMS Arm/strike To Template with Machine Screws ASB Arm Complete with Sex Bolts BC Back Check C to C, C/L Centerline to Centerline Cyl Cylinder (of a lock) CMK Construction Master Key Deg. Degree (of opening) DEL Delayed Action FBB or BB Ball bearing hinge

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS .1 Compliance: comply with manufacturer's written data, including product technical bulletins, product catalogue installation instructions, product carton installation instructions, and data sheets.

.2 Furnish metal door and frame manufacturers with complete instructions and templates for preparation of their work to receive hardware.

.3 Furnish manufacturers' instructions for proper installation of each hardware component.

3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Install door hardware in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, using special tools and jigs. Fit accurately and apply securely. Ensure that hardware is installed correctly.

.2 Install hardware to standard hardware location dimensions in accordance with Canadian Metric Guide for Steel Doors and Frames (Modular Construction) prepared by Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association.

.3 No operating hardware shall be installed at a height of more than 1200 above the finished floor (NBC 3.4.6.16).

.4 Installation to be done by a qualified tradesman. Technical assistance provide by door hardware supplier where required.

.5 Closers shall be installed according to manufacturer’s templates and installation instructions. Unless required otherwise, installation shall be on pull side of door. Outswing doors shall be on push side using top jamb or parallel arm installation.

.6 Where closer or arm is installed on door, sex bolts will be used, finished to match other hardware.

.7 Where pull is scheduled on one side of door and push plate on other side, supply fastening devices, and install so pull can be secured through door from reverse side. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 9 of 11

Install push plate to cover fasteners. Plates drilled to accept through bolts will not be acceptable.

.8 Where door stop contacts door pulls, mount stop to strike bottom of pull.

.9 Install key control cabinet.

.10 Use only manufacturer’s supplied fasteners. Use of "quick" type fasteners, unless specifically supplied by manufacturer, is unacceptable.

.11 Remove construction cores and locks when directed by Owner’s Representative; install permanent cores and check operation of locks.

.12 Installation of all Automatic Operator items to be performed by AAADM certified and manufacturer authorized personnel, including connections to hardware products installed by others.

.13 Installation of Access Control items to be performed by manufacturer certified authorized personnel, including connections to hardware products installed by others.

.14 Wiring Diagrams: .1 Provide any special information, voltage requirements and wiring diagrams to other trades requiring such information.

3.3 EXAMINATION .1 Visit site prior to start of installation of hardware.

.2 Visit will include examination of openings, site conditions and materials for conditions that prevent proper application of finish hardware.

.3 Report to General Contractor, in writing, defects of work prepared by other trades and other unsatisfactory site conditions. Commencement of installation will imply acceptance pf prepared work by others.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .1 Hardware contractor to have a qualified AHC representative from the manufacturer/supplier on site at Substantial Completion Inspection and at commissioning of the finished hardware. Cost of the visits to be included in contract.

.2 Provide an inspection report 6 (six) months after Substantial Completion, completed by a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, to note any deficiencies. The inspection should include checking each lock against the key schedule to make sure the correct locks and cylinders are on the proper doors.

.3 Fire Rated Door Assemblies On-Site Inspection: JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 10 of 11

.1 Upon completion of the installation, inspect each fire rated door assembly to confirm proper operation of its closing device, confirming it meets the criteria of NFPA 80. .2 Provide a written report to the Owner’s Representative listing each fire rated door assembly for the project including: .1 Each door number, .2 An itemized list of hardware set components for each door opening, and .3 Each door location in the facility.

3.5 ADJUSTING .1 Adjust door hardware, operators, closures and controls for optimum, smooth operating condition, safety and for weather tight closure.

.2 Lubricate hardware, operating equipment and other moving parts.

.3 Adjust door hardware to provide tight fit at contact points with frames.

.4 Where hardware is found defective, repair or replace or correct as desired by inspection reports.

3.6 CLEANING .1 Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt.

.2 Clean hardware with damp rag and approved non-abrasive cleaner, and polish hardware in accordance with manufacture's instructions.

.3 Remove protective material from hardware items where present.

.4 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers.

3.7 PROTECTION .1 All hardware shall be protected against damage from paint, plaster or other defacing materials. Whenever possible manufacturers protective covering when applied, shall not be removed until final project cleaning takes place. Material not protected by manufacture shall be covered or removed from door during painting or any other adjustments that can cause damage to hardware.

3.8 HARDWARE GROUPS .1 Provide hardware as specified in the previous articles in sets according to the following groups: (insert hardware groups). JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Page 11 of 11

3.9 DEMONSTRATION .1 Keying System Setup and Cabinet: .1 Set up key control system with file key tags, duplicate key tags, numerical index, alphabetical index and key change index, label shields, control book and key receipt cards. .2 Place file keys and duplicate keys in key cabinet on their respective hooks. .3 Lock key cabinet and turn over key to Owner’s Representative. .2 Designated Staff Briefing: .1 Brief designated staff regarding: .1 Proper care, cleaning, and general maintenance of projects complete hardware. .2 Description, use, handling, and storage of keys. .3 Use, application and storage of wrenches for door closers, locksets, and fire exit hardware. .3 Demonstrate operation, operating components, adjustment features, and lubrication requirements.

3.10 COMMISSIONING .1 Site inspection or visit at Substantial Completion and training follow up and inspection at commissioning as directed by Owner’s Representative.

.2 Provide 10 month warranty service.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 1 of 14

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control.

.3 Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.4 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.5 Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

.6 Section 06 20 00 – Finish Carpentry.

.7 Section 06 40 00 - Architectural Woodwork.

.8 Section 08 11 00 – Metal Doors & Frames.

.9 Section 09 21 16 – Gypsum Board Assemblies.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) .1 EPA Test Method for Measuring Total Volatile Organic Compound Content of Consumer Products, Method 24 (for Surface Coatings). .2 SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste: Physical/Chemical Methods. .2 Master Painters Institute (MPI) .1 MPI Architectural Painting Specifications Manual. .3 Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) .1 SSPC Painting Manual, Volume Two, Systems and Specifications Manual. .4 National Fire Code of Canada.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Contractor shall have a minimum of five years proven satisfactory experience. When requested, provide a list of last three comparable jobs including, job name and location, specifying authority, and project manager.

.2 Qualified journeymen shall be engaged in painting work. Apprentices may be employed provided they work under the direct supervision of a qualified journeyman in accordance with trade regulations. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 2 of 14

.3 Conform to latest MPI requirements for interior painting work including preparation and priming.

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .1 Provide paint products meeting MPI "Environmentally Friendly" E2 or E3 ratings based on VOC (EPA Method 24) content levels.

.2 Where indoor air quality (odour) is a problem, use only MPI listed materials having a minimum E2 or E3 rating.

1.5 SCHEDULING .1 Submit work schedule for various stages of painting to Owner’s Representative for approval. Submit schedule minimum of two (2) working days in advance of proposed operations.

.2 Obtain written authorization from Owner’s Representative for any changes in work schedule.

.3 Schedule painting operations to prevent disruption of occupants in and about the building.

1.6 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit product data and manufacturer's installation/application instructions for each paint and coating product to be

.2 Submit product data for the use and application of paint thinner.

.3 Submit WHMIS MSDS - Material Safety Data Sheets. Indicate VOCs during application and curing.

.4 Upon completion, submit records of products used, records to be included in Operating and Maintenance Manuals. List products in relation to finish system and include the following: .1 Product name, type and use .2 Manufacturer's product number .3 Colour numbers .4 MPI Environmentally Friendly Classification System Rating .5 Manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) .5 Submit full range colour sample chips to indicate where colour availability is restricted.

.6 Submit duplicate 200 x 300 mm sample panels of each paint with specified paint or coating in colours, gloss/sheen and textures required to MPI Painting Specification Manual standards submitted on the following substrate materials: JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 3 of 14

.1 3 mm steel plate for finishes over metal surfaces. .2 13 mm birch plywood for finishes over wood surfaces. .3 50 mm concrete block for finishes over concrete or concrete masonry surfaces. .4 13 mm gypsum board for finishes over gypsum board and other smooth surfaces. .7 When approved, sample panels shall become acceptable standard of quality for appropriate on-site surface with one of each sample retained on-site.

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL .1 Provide mock-up in accordance with Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control.

.2 When requested by Owner’s Representative, prepare and paint designated surface, area, room or item (in each colour scheme) to requirements specified herein, with specified paint or coating showing selected colours, gloss/sheen, textures and workmanship to MPI Painting Specification Manual standards for review and approval. When approved, surface, area, room and/or items shall become acceptable standard of finish quality and workmanship for similar on-site work.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS .1 Submit maintenance materials from same product run as products installed in accordance with Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals. Package products with protective covering and identify with descriptive labels.

.2 Submit one - four litre can of each type and colour of finish coating. Identify colour and paint type in relation to established colour schedule and finish formula.

.3 Deliver to Owner’s Representative and store where directed.

.4 Provide certificate signed by staff that extra materials have been received in order.

1.9 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE .1 Deliver, store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.2 Deliver and store materials in original containers, sealed, with labels intact.

.3 Labels shall clearly indicate: .1 Manufacturer's name and address. .2 Type of paint or coating. .3 Compliance with applicable standard. .4 Colour number in accordance with established colour schedule. .4 Remove damaged, opened and rejected materials from site. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 4 of 14

.5 Provide and maintain dry, temperature controlled, secure storage.

.6 Observe manufacturer's recommendations for storage and handling.

.7 Store materials and supplies away from heat generating devices.

.8 Store materials and equipment in a well ventilated area with temperature range 7º C to 30º C.

.9 Store temperature sensitive products above minimum temperature as recommended by manufacturer.

.10 Keep areas used for storage, cleaning and preparation, clean and orderly to approval of Owner’s Representative. After completion of operations, return areas to clean condition to approval of Consultant.

.11 Remove paint materials from storage only in quantities required for same day use.

.12 Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling storage, and disposal of hazardous materials.

.13 Fire Safety Requirements: .1 Provide minimum one 9 kg Type ABC dry chemical fire extinguisher adjacent to storage area. .2 Store oily rags, waste products, empty containers and materials subject to spontaneous combustion in ULC approved, sealed containers and remove from site on a daily basis. .3 Handle, store, use and dispose of flammable and combustible materials in accordance with the National Fire Code of Canada.

1.10 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL .1 Separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 - Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.2 Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities.

.3 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic in designated containers.

.4 Ensure emptied containers are sealed and stored safely.

.5 Unused paint, coating materials must be disposed of at official hazardous material collections site as approved by Owner’s Representative.

.6 Paint, stain and wood preservative finishes and related materials (thinners, and solvents) are regarded as hazardous products and are subject to regulations for disposal. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 5 of 14

.7 Material which cannot be reused must be treated as hazardous waste and disposed of in an appropriate manner.

.8 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste, including used sealant and adhesive tubes and containers, in containers or areas designated for hazardous waste.

.9 To reduce the amount of contaminants entering waterways, sanitary/storm drain systems or into ground follow these procedures: .1 Retain cleaning water for water-based materials to allow sediments to be filtered out. .2 Retain cleaners, thinners, solvents and excess paint and place in designated containers and ensure proper disposal. .3 Return solvent and oil soaked rags used during painting operations for contaminant recovery, proper disposal, or appropriate cleaning and laundering. .4 Dispose of contaminants in approved legal manner in accordance with hazardous waste regulations. .5 Empty paint cans are to be dry prior to disposal or recycling (where available).

1.11 SITE CONDITIONS .1 Heating, Ventilation and Lighting: .1 Ventilate enclosed spaces. .2 Perform no painting work unless adequate and continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities are in place to maintain ambient air and substrate temperatures above 10°C for 24 hours before, during and after paint application until paint has cured sufficiently. .3 Where required, provide continuous ventilation for seven days after completion of application of paint. .4 Perform no painting work unless a minimum lighting level of 323 Lux is provided on surfaces to be painted. Adequate lighting facilities shall be provided by General Contractor. .2 Temperature, Humidity and Substrate Moisture Content Levels: .1 Unless specifically pre-approved by the specifying body, Paint Inspection Agency and the applied product manufacturer, perform no painting work when: .1 Ambient air and substrate temperatures are below 10°C. .2 Substrate temperature is over 32°C unless paint is specifically formulated for application at high temperatures. .3 Substrate and ambient air temperatures are expected to fall outside MPI or paint manufacturer’s prescribed limits. .4 The relative humidity is above 60% or when the dew point is less than 3°C variance between the air/surface temperature. .2 Perform no painting work when the maximum moisture content of the substrate exceeds: JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 6 of 14

.1 12% for concrete and masonry (clay and concrete brick/block). .2 15% for wood. .3 12% for plaster and gypsum board. .3 Conduct moisture tests using a properly calibrated electronic Moisture Meter, except test concrete floors for moisture using a simple "cover patch test". .4 Test concrete, masonry and plaster surfaces for alkalinity as required. .3 Surface and Environmental Conditions: .1 Apply paint finish only in areas where dust is no longer being generated by related construction operations or when wind or ventilation conditions are such that airborne particles will not affect quality of finished surface. .2 Apply paint only to adequately prepared surfaces and to surfaces within moisture limits noted herein. .3 Apply paint only when previous coat of paint is dry or adequately cured. .4 Additional Interior Application Requirements: .1 Apply paint finishes only when temperature at location of installation can be satisfactorily maintained within manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Apply paint in occupied facilities during silent hours only. Schedule operations to approval of Owner’s Representative such that painted surfaces will have dried and cured sufficiently before occupants are affected.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS .1 Paint materials listed in the MPI Approved Products List (APL) are acceptable for use on this project.

.2 Paint materials for paint systems shall be products of a single manufacturer.

.3 Low odor products. Whenever possible, select products exhibiting low odor characteristics. If two products are otherwise equivalent, select the product with the lowest odor. Only qualified products with E2 or E3 ”Environmentally Friendly”rating are acceptable for use on this project.

.4 Paints, coatings, adhesives, solvents, cleaners, lubricants, and other fluids, shall: .1 be water-based, water soluble, water clean-up. .2 be non-flammable. .3 be manufactured without compounds which contribute to ozone depletion in the upper atmosphere. .4 be manufactured without compounds which contribute to smog in the lower atmosphere. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 7 of 14

.5 do not contain methylene chloride, chlorinated hydrocarbons, toxic metal pigments. .5 Water-borne surface coatings must be manufactured and transported in a manner that steps of process, including disposal of waste products arising therefrom, will meet requirements of applicable governmental acts, by-laws and regulations including, for facilities located in Canada, Fisheries Act and Canadian Environmental Protection Act (CEPA).

.6 Water-borne surface coatings must not be formulated or manufactured with aromatic solvents, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, cadmium, hexavelant chromium or their compounds.

.7 Water-borne surface coatings must have a flash point of 61.0°C or greater.

.8 Both water-borne surface coatings and recycled water-borne surface coatings must be made by a process that does not release: .1 Matter in undiluted production plant effluent generating a 'Biochemical Oxygen Demand' (BOD) in excess of 15 mg/L to a natural watercourse or a sewage treatment facility lacking secondary treatment. .2 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) in undiluted production plant effluent in excess of 15 mg/L to a natural watercourse or a sewage treatment facility lacking secondary treatment. .9 Water-borne paints and stains, and water borne varnishes must meet a minimum "Environmentally Friendly" E2 rating.

2.2 COLOURS .1 Owner’s Representative will provide Colour Schedule after contract award.

.2 Selection of colours will be from manufacturers full range of colours.

.3 Where specific products are available in a restricted range of colours, selection will be based on the limited range.

.4 Second coat in a three coat system to be tinted slightly lighter colour than top coat to show visible difference between coats.

.5 For deep and ultra-deep colours; 4 coats may be required.

2.3 MIXING AND TINTING .1 Perform colour tinting operations prior to delivery of paint to site. On-site tinting of painting materials is allowed only with Owner’s Representative written permission.

.2 Paste, powder or catalyzed paint mixes shall be mixed in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 8 of 14

.3 Where thinner is used, addition shall not exceed paint manufacturer's recommendations. Do not use kerosene or any such organic solvents to thin water-based paints.

.4 Thin paint for spraying according in strict accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions. If directions are not on container, obtain instructions in writing from manufacturer and provide copy of instructions to Owner’s Representative.

.5 Re-mix paint in containers prior to and during application to ensure break-up of lumps, complete dispersion of settled pigment, and colour and gloss uniformity.

2.4 GLOSS/SHEEN RATINGS .1 Paint gloss shall be defined as the sheen rating of applied paint, in accordance with the following values: Gloss Level Category Units @ 60 Units @ 85 G1 - matte finish max. 5 max. 10 G2 - velvet finish max. 10 10 to 35 G3 - eggshell finish 10 to 25 10 to 35 G4 - satin finish 20 to 35 min. 35 G5 - semi-gloss finish 35 to 70 G6 - gloss finish 70 to 85 G7 - high gloss finish > 85 .2 Gloss level ratings of painted surfaces shall be as specified herein.

2.5 INTERIOR PAINTING SYSTEMS .1 The following paint formulas requires a three coat finish as indicated in the MPI Architectural Painting Specifications Manual.

.2 Concrete Vertical Surfaces: including horizontal soffits .1 INT 3.1A Latex G5 finish (over sealer). .3 Concrete Horizontal Surfaces: floors and stairs .1 INT 3.2B Alkyd floor enamel low gloss finish. .4 Clay Masonry Units: pressed and extruded brick .1 INT 4.1A Latex G5 finish. .5 Concrete Masonry Units: smooth and split face block and brick. .1 INT 4.2A Latex G5 finish. .6 Structural Steel and Metal Fabrications: columns, beams, joists, etc. .1 INT 5.1E Alkyd G5 finish. .7 Galvanized Metal: doors, frames, railings, misc. steel, pipes, overhead decking, ducts, etc. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 9 of 14

.1 INT 5.3A Latex G5 finish. .8 Dimension Lumber: columns, beams, exposed joists, underside of decking, etc. .1 INT 6.2D Latex G5 finish (over latex primer). .9 Dressed Lumber: including doors, door and window frames casings, mouldings, etc. .1 INT 6.3T Latex G5 finish (over latex primer). .10 Wood Paneling and Casework: partitions, panels, shelving, millwork, etc. .1 INT 6.4C Semi-transparent stain finish. .11 Wood Floors and Stairs: including hardwood flooring, etc. .1 INT 6.5B Polyurethane varnish gloss finish (over stain). .2 INT 6.5C Polyurethane varnish gloss finish. .12 Plaster and Gypsum Board: gypsum wallboard, drywall, “sheet rock type material”, etc and textured finishes: .1 INT 9.2A Latex G5 finish (over latex sealer) for walls. .2 INT 9.2A Latex G1 finish (over latex sealer) for ceilings. .13 Canvas and Cotton coverings: .1 INT 10.1B Alkyd G5 finish. .14 Painting of interior game line layouts with colours as noted on approved game line layout drawing on interior resilient (gymnasium) flooring to be by others in accordance with MPI Architectural Painting Specification.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS .1 Compliance: comply with manufacturer's written recommendations or specifications, including product technical bulletins, handling, storage and installation instructions, and data sheet.

3.2 GENERAL .1 Perform preparation and operations for interior painting in accordance with MPI Painting Specifications Manual except where specified otherwise.

.2 Apply all paint materials in accordance with paint manufacturer's written application instructions. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 10 of 14

3.3 PROTECTION .1 Protect existing building surfaces and adjacent structures from paint spatters, markings and other damage. If damaged, clean and restore such surfaces as directed by Owner’s Representative.

.2 Cover or mask floors, windows and other ornamental hardware adjacent to areas being painted to prevent damage and to protect from paint drops and splatters. Use non-staining coverings.

.3 Protect items that are permanently attached such as Fire Labels on doors and frames.

.4 Protect factory finished products and equipment.

.5 Protect passing pedestrians, building occupants and general public in and about the building.

.6 Remove electrical cover plates, light fixtures, surface hardware on doors, door stops, bath accessories and other surface mounted fittings and fastenings prior to undertaking any painting operations. Store for re-installation after painting is completed.

.7 As painting operations progress place “WET PAINT” signs in occupied areas to approval of Owner’s Representative.

3.4 EXAMINATION .1 Investigate existing substrates for problems related to proper and complete preparation of surfaces to be painted. Report to Owner’s Representative all damage, defects, unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions before proceeding with work.

.2 Conduct moisture testing of surfaces to be painted using a properly calibrated electronic moisture meter, except test concrete floors for moisture using a simple “cover patch test” and report findings to Owner’s Representative. Do not proceed with work until conditions fall within acceptable range as recommended by manufacturer.

.3 Maximum moisture content as follows: .1 Plaster and wallboard: 12% .2 Masonry/Concrete: 12% .3 Concrete Block/Brick: 12% .4 Wood: 15%

3.5 CLEANING AND PREPARATION .1 Clean and prepare surfaces in accordance with MPI Painting Specification Manual requirements. Refer to MPI Manual in regard to specific requirements and as follows: .1 Remove dust, dirt, and other surface debris by vacuuming, wiping with dry, clean cloths or compressed air. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 11 of 14

.2 Wash surfaces with a biodegradable detergent and bleach where applicable and clean warm water using a stiff bristle brush to remove dirt, oil and other surface contaminants. .3 Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water until foreign matter is flushed from surface. .4 Allow surfaces to drain completely and allow to dry thoroughly. .5 Prepare surfaces for water-based painting, water-based cleaners should be used in place of organic solvents. .6 Use trigger operated spray nozzles for water hoses. .7 Many water-based paints cannot be removed with water once dried. However, minimize the use of kerosene or any such organic solvents to clean up water- based paints. .2 Prevent contamination of cleaned surfaces by salts, acids, alkalis, other corrosive chemicals, grease, oil and solvents before prime coat is applied and between applications of remaining coats. Apply primer, paint, or pretreatment as soon as possible after cleaning and before deterioration occurs.

.3 Sand existing surfaces with intact, smooth, high gloss coatings to provide adequate adhesion for new finishes.

.4 Where possible, prime surfaces of new wood surfaces before installation. Use same primers as specified for exposed surfaces. .1 Apply vinyl sealer to MPI #36 over knots, pitch, sap and resinous areas. .2 Apply wood filler to nail holes and cracks. .3 Tint filler to match stains for stained woodwork. .5 Sand and dust between coats as required to provide adequate adhesion for next coat and to remove defects visible from a distance up to 1000 mm.

.6 Clean metal surfaces to be painted by removing rust, loose mill scale, welding slag, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign substances in accordance with MPI requirements. Remove traces of blast products from surfaces, pockets and corners to be painted by brushing with clean brushes blowing with clean dry compressed air, or vacuum cleaning.

.7 Touch up of shop primers with primer as specified in applicable section. Major touch-up including cleaning and painting of field connections, welds, rivets, nuts, washers, bolts, and damaged or defective paint and rusted areas, shall be by supplier of fabricated material.

.8 Do not apply paint until prepared surfaces have been accepted by Owner’s Representative. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 12 of 14

3.6 APPLICATION .1 Method of application to be as approved by Owner’s Representative. Apply paint by brush, roller, air sprayer, airless sprayer. Conform to manufacturer's application instructions unless specified otherwise.

.2 Brush and Roller Application: .1 Apply paint in a uniform layer using brush and/or roller of types suitable for application. .2 Work paint into cracks, crevices and corners. .3 Brush and/or roll out runs and sags, and over-lap marks. Rolled surfaces shall be free of roller tracking and heavy stipple. .4 Paint surfaces and corners not accessible to brush using spray, daubers and/or sheepskins. Paint surfaces and corners not accessible to roller using brush, daubers or sheepskins. .5 Remove runs, sags and brush marks from finished work and repaint. .3 Spray application: .1 Provide and maintain equipment that is suitable for intended purpose, capable of properly atomizing paint to be applied, and equipped with suitable pressure regulators and gauges. .2 Keep paint ingredients properly mixed in containers during paint application either by continuous mechanical agitation or by intermittent agitation as frequently as necessary. .3 Apply paint in a uniform layer, with overlapping at edges of spray pattern. .4 Brush out immediately all runs and sags. .5 Use brushes to work paint into cracks, crevices and places which are not adequately painted by spray. .4 Use dipping, sheepskins or daubers only when no other method is practical in places of difficult access and only when specifically authorized by Owner’s Representative.

.5 Apply coats of paint as a continuous film of uniform thickness. Repaint thin spots or bare areas before next coat of paint is applied.

.6 Allow surfaces to dry and properly cure after cleaning and between subsequent coats for minimum time period as recommended by manufacturer.

.7 Sand and dust between coats to remove visible defects.

.8 Finish tops of cupboards, cabinets and projecting ledges, both above and below sight lines as specified for surrounding surfaces.

.9 Finish closets and alcoves as specified for adjoining rooms.

.10 Finish top, bottom, edges and cutouts of doors after fitting as specified for door surfaces. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 13 of 14

.11 Wood, drywall, plaster, stucco, concrete, concrete masonry units and brick; if sprayed, must be back rolled.

3.7 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT .1 In finished areas: paint exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment with colour and finish to match adjacent surfaces, except as noted otherwise.

.2 In boiler room, mechanical and electrical rooms: paint exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment.

.3 In other unfinished areas: leave exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment in original finish and touch up scratches and marks.

.4 Touch up scratches and marks on factory painted finishes and equipment with paint as supplied by manufacturer of equipment.

.5 Do not paint over nameplates.

.6 Keep sprinkler heads free of paint.

.7 Paint inside of ductwork where visible behind grilles, registers and diffusers with primer and one coat of matt black paint.

.8 Paint disconnect switches for fire alarm system and exit light systems in red enamel.

.9 Paint all fire protection piping red.

.10 Paint both sides and edges of backboards for telephone and electrical equipment before installation. Leave equipment in original finish except for touch-up as required, and paint conduits, mounting accessories and other unfinished items.

.11 Do not paint interior transformers and substation equipment.

3.8 FIRE SEPARATIONS .1 Contractor to stencil on both sides of fire rated partitions the fire rating for that assembly (i.e.: 1 HR FIRE SEPARATION).

.2 Stenciled fire ratings to be minimum 100 mm high RED letters, minimum 150 mm above finished ceilings, and minimum 2400 mm o.c. along partition.

3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .1 Field inspection of interior painting operations to be carried out by Owner’s Representative. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting Page 14 of 14

.2 Advise Owner’s Representative when each applied coating is ready for inspection. Do not proceed with subsequent coats until previous coat has been approved.

.3 Co-operate with Owner’s Representative and provide access to all areas of the work.

.4 Standard of Acceptance: .1 Walls: no defects visible from a distance of 1000 mm at 90 degrees to surface. .2 Ceilings: no defects visible from floor at 45 degrees to surface when viewed using final lighting source. .3 Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and uniformity of sheen across full surface area.

3.10 RESTORATION .1 Clean and re-install all hardware items removed before undertaken painting operations.

.2 Remove protective coverings and warning signs as soon as practical after operations cease.

.3 Remove paint splashings on exposed surfaces that were not painted. Remove smears and spatter immediately as operations progress, using compatible solvent.

.4 Protect freshly completed surfaces from paint droppings and dust to approval of Owner’s Representative. Avoid scuffing newly applied paint.

.5 Restore areas used for storage, cleaning, mixing and handling of paint to clean condition as approved by Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 65 22 – Seamless Flooring Page 1 of 5

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATES SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.3 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 American Concrete Institute (ACI) .1 ACI 503R, Use of Epoxy Compound for Concrete. .2 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .1 ASTM C307, Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical - Resistant Mortar, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacing. .2 ASTM C413, Standard Test Method for Absorption of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacing and Polymer Concretes. .3 ASTM C579, Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacing and Polymer Concretes. .4 ASTM C580, Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modules of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars. .5 ASTM D2240, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property - Durometer hardness. .6 ASTM D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistant of Organic Coatings by Taber Abrasion.

1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit manufacturer’s installation application instructions for each product.

.2 Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sample of each type of epoxy flooring in colour and finish indicated.

1.4 QUALITY OF ASSURANCE .1 Materials used in the flooring shall be the products of a single manufacture.

.2 Installation shall be performed by an applicator approved by the manufacturer of the floor surfacing materials. The contractor shall furnish a written statement from the manufacturer that the installer is acceptable. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 65 22 – Seamless Flooring Page 2 of 5

.3 Retain purchase orders, invoices and other documents to prove that all materials utilized in this contract meet requirements of the specifications. Produce documents when requested by Owner’s Representative.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver, store, handle, and protect materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 - Common Product Requirements.

.2 Deliver and store materials in original containers, sealed, with labels intact.

.3 Indicate on containers or wrappings: .1 Manufacturer’s name and address. .2 Type of material. .3 Colour number or batch number in accordance with established colour schedule. .4 Compliance with applicable standards. .4 Remove damaged, opened or rejected material from site.

.5 Provide and maintain dry, temperature controlled, secure storage.

.6 Observe manufacturer’s recommendations for storage and handling.

.7 Store materials and supplies away from heat generating devices.

.8 Store materials and equipment in a well ventilated area with temperature range 16o to 32o C.

.9 Keep areas used for storage, cleaning and preparation, clean and orderly to approval of Owner’s Representative. After completion of operations, return areas to clean condition to approval of Owner’s Representative.

.10 Provide minimum one 9 kg type ABC fire extinguisher adjacent to storage area.

.11 Remove only quantities required for same day use.

.12 Fire Safety Requirements .1 Store oily rags, waste products, empty containers and materials subject to spontaneous combustion in ULC approved, sealed containers and remove from site on a daily basis. .2 Handle, store, use and dispose of flammable and combustible materials in accordance with the National Fire Code of Canada.

1.6 WARRANTY .1 Provide a written guarantee covering both material and workmanship for a period of one year dated from Substantial Completion certificate. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 65 22 – Seamless Flooring Page 3 of 5

.2 Areas which prove defective in any way shall be repaired or replaced and any damage caused to other work as a result of such defects, shall be repaired at no cost to the owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SEAMLESS FLOORING TYPE 1 (Kitchens, Vestibules, Showers, Locker Rooms, unless otherwise indicated) .1 Primer: type recommended by the manufacturer to penetrate the substrate to form a permanent bond between substrate and surfacing matrix.

.2 Aggregate: brightly colored quartz silica selected from manufacturers standard range.

.3 Troweled Mortar: consisting of epoxy resin, curing agent and finely graded non-silica aggregate.

.4 Sealer: two-component, high performance, clear epoxy sealer.

.5 Physical Properties: .1 Compressive Strength: ASTM C-519, 69 MPa, (10,000 psi). .2 Tensile Strength: ASTM C-307, 13.8, MPa (2,000 psi) .3 Flexural strengths; ASTM C-580, 29.65 MPa (4,300 psi). .4 Thermal Coefficient of Expansion: 3.5 x 10-5 m/m o C. .5 Bond Strength: ACI 503R, > 2.8 MPa (400 psi), with 100% concrete failure. .6 Abrasion Resistance: ASTM D-4060, 0.1 mg maximum weight loss. .7 Moisture Absorption: ASTM C-413, 0.1% maximum.

2.2 SEAMLESS FLOORING TYPE 2 (All Other Areas unless otherwise indicated) .1 Primer: two component, low viscosity, methyl methacrylate resin.

.2 Undercoat: three component, medium viscosity, methyl methacrylate resin.

.3 Colour flakes: 1.6 mm and 6.3 mm coloured flakes distributed evenly over undercoat layer. Colour as selected from manufactured standard colour range.

.4 Sealer: two-component, low viscosity, UV resistant, methyl methacrylate sealer.

.5 Total thickness: nominal 3.0 mm.

.6 Physical Properties: .1 Tensile Strength: ASTM D-638, 40.7, MPa (5,900 psi). .2 Bond Strength: ASTM D-7234, > 2.07 MPa (300 psi), with 100% concrete failure. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 65 22 – Seamless Flooring Page 4 of 5

.3 Abrasion Resistance: ASTM D-4060, C-17, 0.03 mg maximum weight loss, sealed. .4 Linear Coefficient of Expansion: ASTM C-531, 59.4 x 10-5 mm/mm o C (33 x10- 6 in/in ° F). .5 Impact Resistance: ASTM D-4226, > 8941 mm/kg (160 in/lb).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION .1 Completely remove existing flooring and adhesive. Remove all dirt, dust, debris and other loose particles by sweeping or vacuum cleaning. Prepare concrete by mechanical means using a shot blast machine for removal or bond inhibiting materials such as curing compounds or laitance.

.2 Concrete substrate must be properly cured for a minimum 30 days.

.3 Fill all cracks, joints, spalls and other depressions in the substrate with an epoxy grout, as recommended by the manufacturer, compatible with the floor surfacing material.

3.2 APPLICATION .1 Primer: apply primer uniformly over the entire area to receive floor surfacing. Do not allow primer to collect in depressions. Coordinate primer application with application of troweled mortar to ensure optimum adhesion.

.2 Uniformly spread mortar over substrate using screed box adjusted to manufacturer’s recommended height. Hand trowel apply mixed material over freshly primed substrate using stainless steel finishing trowels.

.3 Remove any surface irregularities and apply undercoat as per manufacturer’s instructions.

.4 Remove any surface imperfections and apply sealer as per manufacturer’s instructions.

.5 Terminate floors that do not abut against a vertical surface with 13 mm wide by 6 mm deep chase.

.6 Install cove base integral with floor, to a total height of 100 mm. Cove to be capped with cove strip, as per drawings.

3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING .1 Cure flooring materials as per manufacturer’s directions.

.2 Protect flooring materials form damage and wear during construction. Where temporary covering is required, comply with manufacturer’s recommendations on material and JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 09 65 22 – Seamless Flooring Page 5 of 5

method of application. Contractor is responsible for protection and cleaning of surfaces after final coats.

.3 Clean flooring prior to final inspection. Use cleaning materials and procedures recommended by manufacturer.

3.4 COMMISSIONING .1 Train owner in cleaning procedures.

END OF SECTION JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories Page 1 of 6

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

.2 Section 01 74 21 – Construction/Demolition Waste Management and Disposal.

.3 Section 06 10 53 – Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry.

.4 Section 08 80 00 - Glazing.

1.2 REFERENCES .1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) .1 ASTM A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. .2 ASTM B456, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium. .3 ASTM A653/A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-dip Process. .2 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) .1 CAN/CGSB-12.5, Mirrors, Silvered. .3 Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .1 CAN/CSA-B651, Barrier-Free Design.

1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Indicate size and description of components, base material, surface finish inside and out, hardware and locks, attachment devices, description of rough-in-frame, building-in details of anchors for grab bars.

.2 Samples to be returned for inclusion into work.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS .1 Provide maintenance data for toilet and bath accessories for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS .1 Provide special tools required for accessing, assembly/disassembly or removal for toilet and bath accessories in accordance with requirements specified in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories Page 2 of 6

.2 Deliver special tools to Owner’s Representative.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS .1 Sheet steel: commercial quality to ASTM A653/A653M with ZF001 designation zinc coating.

.2 Stainless steel sheet metal: to ASTM A167, Type 304 with BA finish.

.3 Stainless steel tubing: Type 304, commercial grade, seamless welded, 1.2 mm wall thickness.

.4 Fasteners: concealed screws and bolts hot dip galvanized, exposed fasteners to match face of unit. Expansion shields fibre, lead or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and its intended use.

2.2 COMPONENTS .1 Toilet tissue dispenser: single roll type, surface mounted, chrome plated steel frame, capacity of 500 sheets double ply roll, roll under spring tension for controlled delivery.

.2 Paper towel dispenser: for double fold paper towels, 525 sheet capacity stainless steel cabinet, hinged front panel, lock and key, surface mounted.

.3 Combination towel dispenser/waste receptacle: recessed wall unit, approximately 330 mm wide, 1400 mm high, 92 mm deep. Interior of 0.8 mm galvanized steel, exterior of 0.8 mm stainless steel. Suitable for dispensing folded paper towels. Removable rigid molded plastic waste receptacle, lockable access door with continuous full height stainless steel hinge.

.4 Soap dispenser: liquid pushup-type corrosion-resistant black ABS valve with stainless steel spring, translucent polyethylene 1.0 L capacity tank, vandal-resistant chrome plated ABS bracket and collar, surface mounted.

.5 Feminine napkin/tampon dispenser: stainless steel, surface mounted unit, minimum capacity is napkins and 20 tampons, key locked, continuous hinge front panel.

.6 Hand dryer: listed under re-examination service of ULC and CSA approved: .1 Mounting: surface .2 Wall box: 16 gauge steel .3 Cover: white enamel. .4 Motor: universal type, 1/10 HP, 7500 RPM, resilient mounting, sealed, lubricated bearings, fuse protected, 120 V, 15 A. .5 Fan: double inlet centrifugal type, dynamically balanced, directly mounted on motor shaft, 120 cfm. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories Page 3 of 6

.6 Heating element: protected by an automatic, resetting circuit breaker, isolated from nozzle. .7 Electronic dryer: power controlled by in admitting, receiving electronic control device positioned to dryer as when hands are placed under nozzle. Operation to continue for no more than seconds of continued use. .8 Nozzle: stainless steel, fixed. .7 Recessed soap holder: recessed, stainless steel, 158 x 158 mm soap tray, extended lip and steel back plate.

.8 Feminine napkin disposal bin: disposal bin: stainless steel surface mounted unit, continuous hinged door, self closing, embossed with "napkin disposal".

.9 Shower curtain: anti-bacterial fire resistive self extinguishing vinyl laminated fabric shower curtain. Provide curtain hold-back hook and chain at each curtain.

.10 Shower rods: 25 mm dia x 1.2 mm wall thickness stainless steel tubing of required length with satin chrome finished flanges, 12 shower curtain hooks and curtain hold-back hook and chain. Shower rod material and anchorage to withstand downward pull of 0.9 kN.

.11 Shower/Dressing Area Seat: 8 mm thick water resistant, ivory color, solid phenolic. Frame and mounting brackets 304 stainless steel with self-locking mechanism. Size 455 mm wide and projects from wall 400 mm. Mounting height 430 mm from top of seat to floor.

.12 Grab bars: 32 mm dia x 1.2 mm wall tubing of stainless steel, 38 mm diameter wall flanges, concealed screw attachment, flanges welded to tubular bar, provided with steel back plates and all accessories. Knurl/peened bar at area of hand grips. Grab bar material and anchorage to withstand downward pull of 2.2 kN.

.13 Robe hook: stainless steel with 50 mm projection.

.14 Medicine cabinet: swing door cabinet, surface mounted, glass adjustable shelves, toothbrush holder, mirror. Cabinet completely reversible. .1 Size: 355 x 460 x 90 mm. .2 Cabinet: 0.5 mm thick steel. .3 Mirror: plate glass, 6mm to CAN/CGSB-12.5, stainless steel frame. .4 Hinges: 1mm stainless steel piano type, with 105° internal stop. .5 Latch: magnetic .6 Shelves: 5mm glass, rolled edges. .15 Hat and Coat Hook: Stainless steel with 50 mm projections.

.16 Mirror: Plate glass 4.0 mm to CAN/CGSB-12.5, Stainless steel frame, electrolytically copper plated and guaranteed against silver spoilage for 10 years, concealed fasteners for mounting. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories Page 4 of 6

.17 Diaper changing station: surface mounted, wall unit, polyethylene insert, moulded-in steel-on-steel hinge assembly, mounded-in integral support mechanism, minimum 864mm wide x 533mm high, liner dispenser, safety belt, safety instructions, graphic illustration, labeled with universally accepted symbol.

.18 Watercloset backrest: 13 mm solid core plastic laminate backrest, measuring 102 x 254 mm, with chamfered edges and rounded edges, mounted to 32 mm diameter Type 304 stainless steel tubing. Concealed vandal-resistant mounting roses for concealed flange installation. Supplied with stainless steel mounting screws.

2.3 FABRICATION .1 Weld and grind joints of fabricated components flush and smooth. Use mechanical fasteners only where approved.

.2 Wherever possible form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints.

.3 Brake form sheet metal work with 1.5 mm radius bends.

.4 Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents.

.5 Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis.

.6 Hot dip galvanize concealed ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices to CSA G164.

.7 Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings.

.8 Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to job site at appropriate time for building-in. Provide templates, details and instructions for building in anchors and inserts.

.9 Provide steel anchor plates and components for installation on studding and building framing.

2.4 FINISHES .1 Chrome and nickel plating: to ASTM B456, satin or polished finish.

.2 Manufacturers brand names on face of units not acceptable.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION .1 Install and secure accessories rigidly in place as follows: .1 Stud walls: install steel back-plate to stud prior to plaster or drywall finish. Provide plate with threaded studs or plugs. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories Page 5 of 6

.2 Hollow masonry units or existing plaster/drywall: use toggle bolts drilled into cell/wall cavity. .3 Solid masonry or concrete: use bolt with lead expansion sleeve set into drilled hole. .4 Toilet/shower compartments: use male/female through bolts. .2 Install grab bars on built-in anchors provided by bar manufacturer.

.3 Use tamper proof screws/bolts for fasteners.

.4 Install mirrors in accordance with Section 08 80 00 - Glazing.

3.2 TESTING .1 Proof test grab bars to manufacturers specifications.

.2 Provide certificate of test results.

3.3 SCHEDULE .1 Locate accessories where indicated. Exact locations determined by Owner’s Representative.

.2 Toilet tissue dispenser: one in each toilet compartment.

.3 Paper towel dispenser: one in each washroom.

.4 Combination towel dispenser/waste receptacles: one in each public washroom where indicated.

.5 Soap dispenser: one at each single wash basin and.

.6 Feminine napkin/tampon dispenser: one in each female washroom.

.7 Hand dryer: two in each washroom.

.8 Recessed soap holder: one at each bathtub and shower.

.9 Feminine napkin disposal bin: one in each female toilet compartment.

.10 Shower rod and curtain: one at each bathtub with shower head and one at each shower compartment.

.11 Grab bar: two in each handicapped toilet compartment and one in each bathtub enclosure.

.12 Robe hook: one in each shower stall or bathtub.

.13 Medicine cabinets: where indicated

.14 Hat & Coat Hook: one in each male and female toilet compartment. JULIA MUNRO PARK PUBLIC WR Project No: 18695 SPECIFICATIONS ` DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS

Section 10 28 00 - Toilet and Bath Accessories Page 6 of 6

.15 Diaper changing station: one in each unisex washroom.

.16 Watercloset backrest: one at each tankless watercloset. Coordinate location and installation with mechanical and location of watercloset flush valve.

3.4 COMMISSIONING .1 Instruct Owner on cleaning and maintenance.

END OF SECTION ,1 !'Þ' 5--1.\ -\ . t' I

á 4 P

2 ¡

I /Þ' \ + ( ,,- 'M 3 I t.

F \

ì\

,,þz

LEGEND:

r Borehole location - Sandy Soil MW 10ç Encountered E ê MW I -+ Borehole location - No Sandy

G Soil Encountered. - DP3 á o Drive Point Location n Í È

Ê e' BOREHOLE LOCATIOI\ PLAI\ I 3

3 9 TERRAPROBE File No, 1-O7-2149 FIGIJRE 3 ì

¿ ü ¡E Terraprobe LOG OF BOREHOLE 2

PROJECT: ProoosedResidentialDevelooment.suttonNortt¡west DATÉ 03 Mav 2007 LOCATION: Town of Georoina. Ontado EQUIPMENT: Bombardier CLIENT: Norfhwest Suflon I andownars Grouo ELEVATION DATUM: nla FILE: 147-2109

SOIL PROFILE S/\MPLES ul J PLOT __> O¿ STANDPIPE c, z) F- iffi

1 ss 7 o CI.AYEY SILT trace sand, trace gravel, firm. brown, moist (GLACIAL TILL)

o SANDY SILT 2 SS 18 trace clay. trace gravel, compacl to very dense, brown, molst

(GI-ACTAL TILL) o 3 SS 62

o 4 ss 72

grey 5 SS 23

End of Borehole

drilling. Borehole was caving at 2.1m and water level at 1.5m upon completion of

Sheet 7of1 Terraprobe LOG OF BOREHOLE 3

PROJEGT: DATE: O3 Mau LOGATON: Town of Georoina- Ontario EQUIPMENT: Bombardier GLIENT: N Sutton Landowners Gro ELEVAilON DATUM: nta FILE: 147-21oe

SOIL PROFILE l¡l SAilPLES J >_ STANOPIPE o z=9a oF (n an lq¡

compac-t to very dense, moist o 2 SS 19

3 SS o

4 SS 35

o 5 SS 43

grey 6 ss o

4"€ End of Borehole

NOTES: Borehole was open and water level at 4.3m upon completion of drilling

Sheet I ofl /

(227.2) MW2 (22e.0) +MW1

(zzs.7) #*' 4 \ (22e.6)

@ N N o N N th*', I ("/") ("/.) (231.2) w13 11 MW12 +MW8 (23 l.e) a) (230.6) 15 MW16 (232.1 O ö t.r..o) ) Ð ' MW14 N r) N MW9 MW1 (n/"\ (n/") LEGEND

1 7 mo¡ronrxe weu. Mj M) LOCATION N #* (23r.7) GROUND WAIER ELEI'AIIOI{

^10- GROUI{D WAÎER CO¡IÎOUR

GROUND ITATER ELEVATIONS_ MARCH 30, 20 1O

TERRAPROBE File No 1 -07-2109 FIGURE 4 TABLE I GROUND WATER ELEVATIONS NORTHWEST SUTTON DEVELOPMENT AREA

Ground June 4/07 June 12107 Oecember 21l07 January l9/10 March 30110 May 28r'10 Mon¡loring Depth of Well Locatlon Elevatlon Water Level Elevatlon Water Level Elevat¡on Water Level Elevation Water Level Elevatlon Water Level Elevation Water Level Elevat¡on {mbql) (mbql) (mbqll lmasll (mþql) (masl) (mbql) (masll (mbst) (masl) (mbqll lmasl) (mbsl) (masl)

tt ð9 224 O 136 224 6 'l 34 226 I 144 ??6 5 140 226.6 f.Jte 227 2 1-24 4.73 J-J1 '22ti-3 z-ð9 22b I 2_41 frozen u-b5 229-t) NA nle ^le 473 230"3 1,54 228.8 14 228-9 2.44 22t.A 1 9',1 224 4 o59 229-7 '1.92 226 A þJ 138 2?8 1 1-44 ?2n 1 1.91 227.6 1.49 228 0 o72 224 I 't 20 226 9 395 730 9 154 229.3 1.54 ?29 ¿ 189 229-O 169 229.2 129 ?29 €, 1.45 227 I 10 13 230 A o.92 ))a o 068 230 1 264 228"2 flozen nle 597 231_6 1.72 16 230 0 Z.JJ 5.9 229_5 185 227.7 185 227 7 1_68 227 I MW9 6.29 2-3 224.O 199 228.3 1-9ð 224 3 MW 10 6 232.9 153 231.4 1 48' 231 4 2i1 230 6

5.82 232 A 208 ?30 7 181 230 I 426 224_5 1-75 231"1 159 231 2 2D9 228 6 459 ?31.O 131 231 1 dry <227 I nla île o62 731 I nla nla 4F'1 ?3? 9 a 4t 230-8 212 230.8 oo 4 414 233 1 o.18 2323 0_5 232_6 drv <228-9 frozen nla 011 233"0 nla tla MW 15 452 232 ? 0.95 )31 ? 084 231.4 drv <227 7 nla nla o11 ?32'l nla lla MW 16 447 230 I o53 23o, 4 o44 23n 5 .226.4 0,49 230"4 o29 230 6 nla ila ala 230 1 1 15 ?29 tl 105 ?29 1

Tq¡qprcbq Project No 1 O7-21O9

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINEERED STRUCTURAL FILL

1. The area must be excavated of pre-existing topsoil, organic silts, and weak soils until competent founding subgrade soils are reached. Competent founding soils shall be undisturbed, native stiff to hard clayey silt till, compact to very dense sandy silt till or suitably prepared engineered structural fill (certified).

2. The excavation should allow for the engineered structural fill to extend a minimum of 1.0 m beyond the outside edge of the structural foundation slab and down to approved competent founding subgrade at a slope of 1.0 horizontal to 1.0 vertical.

3. The subgrade below the engineered structural fill should be inspected and approved by a geotechnical engineer prior to the structural fill construction. Fill placement and compaction operations shall be carried out under full-time geotechnical supervision.

4. The engineered structural fill should comprise non-frost susceptible sand and gravel aggregate such as OPSS Granular ‘B’ Type I material placed in 200 mm thick lifts and each lift compacted to a minimum of 98% of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (SPMDD) before subsequent lifts of granular fill are placed. The upper 300 mm portion of the engineered structural fill should consist of OPSS Granular ‘A’ material for levelling of the final surface grade. The levelling layer of Granular ‘A’ should be compacted to a minimum 100% of SPMDD. The exterior backfill beyond the structural fill pad should consist of approved inorganic soil and also placed in 200 mm thick lifts and compacted to minimum of 95% of SPMDD.

5. The engineering structural fill should extend to a minimum depth of 1.4 m below the exterior ground surface next to the perimeter of the structural foundation slab for frost protection of the underlying founding subgrade soils.

6. The final surface grade around the exterior of the building shall slope away from the structure a minimum of 5%.

7. All excavations must be carried out in conformance with the current Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations 213/91 for construction projects.

8. This is not a design drawing or contract specification.

PROJECT NO.: 970005 STRUCTURAL FILL DETAIL SCALE: NTS AME Materials Engineering SITE STRUCTURES 10 Perdue Court, Units 2 & 3 PREPARED BY: LCM Caledon, Ontario L7C 3M6 SUTTON COMMUNITY PARK CHECKED BY: LCM Tel: (905) 840-5914 Fax: (905) 840-7859 TOWN OF GEORGINA, DATE: Feb. 13, 2020 ONTARIO FIGURE NO.: 1 COMMERCIAL INTERIORS | POLYWALL™ & NRP® WALL PANELS

Attractive, performance proven, waterproof sanitary walls without the fiberglass.

● 100% recycled polyolefin plastic ● Waterproof and non absorbent ● Not affected by acids, most solvents, petroleum products ● Easy to clean and sanitize ● Resists growth of mold, mildew and bacteria ● Installation is fast and easy with Parkland™ Panel Adhesive POLYWALL™ & NRP® WALL PANELS

POLYWALL/MATTE TEXTURE NRP/CRACKED-ICE TEXTURE Thickness: .060'' Thickness: .090’’ Bright White, Almond Bright White, Almond 4’ x 8’, 10’ 4’ x 8’, 10’

FEATURES: • 100% waterproof • Fiberglass-free • Does not support mold, mildew, or bacteria growth • Chemically inert PLAS-TEX® THICK PANELS • Color goes all the way through • Made from 100% recycled resins THICK PANELS • USDA compliant, CFIA approved Thicknesses: 1/4'' - 5/8'' Bright White Matte 1/4'' x 4' x 8', 10', 12’ BENEFITS: 3/8'' x 4' x 8', 10', 12’ • Non-absorbent: no swelling, rotting or water discoloration 1/2’’ x 4’ x 8’, 10’ 5/8’’ x 4’ x 8’ • No irritating, harmful fiberglass dust • Hygienic: does not contribute to “sick building syndrome” Bright White, Gray and Almond in stock, • Not affected by acids, harsh chemical solvents or Cracked-Ice texture available by special order. petroleum products • For interior use • Scratches don’t show • Extended product life POLYWALL MATTE NRP CRACKED-ICE • Passes most interior building codes • Suitable for use in federally inspected food processing plants

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

PROPERTY TEST METHOD RESULT Smoke developed ASTM E84 <450 Flame spread ASTM E84 <75 Cleanability NEMA LD 2005 3.4 No Effect Stain resistance NEMA LD 2005 3.4 12 Coefficient of lineal thermal expansion ASTM D-696 3.84 X 10-5 in/in/deg F Mold/mildew resistance ASTM D-3273 10 Gardner impact ASTM D-5420 22.6 in/lb @ 23.1 deg C Gardner impact ASTM D-5420 5.9in/lb at -20 deg C Volatile Organic Compounds EPA-8260 All below detectible limits

P.O. Box 339, 104 Yoder Drive, Middlebury, IN 46540 • Toll Free: 800.835.4110 • Phone: 574.825.4336 • www.parklandplastics.com Quotation #20-0139 Reference Julia Munro Park Customer Town of Georgina CGLA Date 29-Apr-20 30 Centurian Drive, Suite 210 Markham, ON Contact: Mr. Bruce Johnson L3R 8B8 Telephone: 905-475-6988 Email: [email protected]

Julia Munro Park SUPPLY/INSTALL ONLY Kompan Model Description- SUPPLY ONLY Quantity Unit Price Total Price

POD 1 FSW10101-0900 Combi 1 Street Workout Pro, Grey 1 $ 4,620.00 $ 4,620.00 FSW20100-0900 Parallel Bars, Grey 1 $ 2,230.00 $ 2,230.00

POD 2 FSW20200-0900 Dip Bench, Grey 1 $ 2,090.00 $ 2,090.00 FAZ30400-0901 Step 80cm, Grey 1 $ 1,720.00 $ 1,720.00 FAZ30200-0901 Step 40cm, Grey 1 $ 1,640.00 $ 1,640.00

POD 3 FSW20600-0900 Incline Press, Grey 1 $ 2,130.00 $ 2,130.00 KPX224-3617 Body Flexer/Upper Body, Grey 1 $ 2,630.00 $ 2,630.00 KPX126-3617 Push Up Bars, Grey 1 $ 2,890.00 $ 2,890.00

ONE TIME DISCOUNT -$ 3,300.00

Colour: Grey Delivery: 8-10 Weeks Subtotal Equipment $ 16,650.00 Payment Terms: 25% Deposit, Net 30 Days Install $ 4,680.00 Valid: Orders Placed in 2020 Freight $ 3,635.00 All products are inground mounting. Sub total $ 24,965.00 Site work by others. hst 13% $ 3,245.45 Drainage by others. TOTAL INVOICE $ 28,210.45 Surfacing by others.

Regards, Alex Elliott

Alex Elliott Openspace Solutions Inc. tel: 519-807-7118 or [email protected]

Openspace Solutions Inc. ~ 1561 Moser-Young Road, Wellesley, ON N0B 2T0